WO2019242670A1 - Communication method, communication device, network device and communication system - Google Patents

Communication method, communication device, network device and communication system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019242670A1
WO2019242670A1 PCT/CN2019/092013 CN2019092013W WO2019242670A1 WO 2019242670 A1 WO2019242670 A1 WO 2019242670A1 CN 2019092013 W CN2019092013 W CN 2019092013W WO 2019242670 A1 WO2019242670 A1 WO 2019242670A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cell
communication device
phr
type
mapping relationship
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/092013
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
许斌
曹振臻
徐海博
柴丽
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2019242670A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019242670A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • H04L5/001Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/30TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/36TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power with a discrete range or set of values, e.g. step size, ramping or offsets
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/30TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/36TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power with a discrete range or set of values, e.g. step size, ramping or offsets
    • H04W52/365Power headroom reporting
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1268Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of uplink data flows
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to a communication method, a communication device, a network device, and a communication system.
  • a power headroom report (power headroom reporting, PHR) reports to a network device the difference between the maximum transmission power of the communication device and the estimated uplink transmission power of the communication device.
  • the power headroom information reported by the communication device can provide an important reference for the network device to perform uplink scheduling on the communication device.
  • the power headroom PH value carried in the PHR transmitted by the communication device may be a real type or a virtual type, but the accuracy of determining the PH value type in the existing methods for transmitting power headroom reports is low. . Therefore, how to more accurately determine the type of PH value carried in the PHR transmitted by the communication device and improve the accuracy of the PHR transmitted by the communication device has become an urgent problem.
  • the application provides a communication method, a communication device, a network device, and a communication system, which can improve the accuracy of the PHR transmitted by the communication device.
  • a communication method including: a power headroom report PHR of a communication device is triggered; the communication device determines a first uplink authorized resource for transmitting the PHR; and the communication device at a first moment Determining a power headroom PH value type carried in the PHR, wherein the first time includes a time when the communication device starts a logical channel priority LCP process based on the first uplink authorized resource or starts to assemble a medium access control protocol The time of the data unit (media access control protocol data unit, MAC PDU), the MAC PDU includes the PHR and is transmitted on the first uplink authorized resource.
  • MAC PDU media access control protocol data unit
  • a first uplink authorized resource for transmitting a PHR is first determined, at a time when a communication device starts a logical channel priority LCP process based on the first uplink authorized resource, or the communication device is based on the
  • determining the type of the PH value carried in the transmitted PHR can improve the accuracy of determining the type of PH in the PHR, and further improve the accuracy of the PHR transmitted by the communication device.
  • first uplink grant resource in this application may also be referred to as a first uplink grant (UL grant). That is, the uplink grant indicates an uplink grant resource.
  • the first uplink authorized resource may be referred to as a first UL grant and the uplink authorized resource may be referred to as a UL grant.
  • the PH type is determined according to this method.
  • the PH value types of multiple cells are determined according to the method.
  • the above cell is a cell in an activated state.
  • the determining, by the communication device at a first moment, a type of PH value carried in the PHR includes: the communication device is based on before the first moment, and Including whether the DCI for scheduling UL grant downlink control information is received within the first moment of time, and / or, whether the communication device includes non-dynamics within the transmission time period where the first UL grant is located In the scheduled uplink transmission, the PH value type of the first cell carried in the PHR is determined at the first moment.
  • whether the downlink control information is received before the first time and including the time of the first time, and whether the transmission time period including the first UL grant includes non- The dynamically scheduled uplink transmission, as a reference factor for determining the type of PH value carried in the PHR, can improve the accuracy of determining the type of PH value carried in the PHR.
  • downlink control information is downlink control information specifically used for scheduling UL grants
  • whether the foregoing includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission in the transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located including: whether there is data in the above configuration in the transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located Transmission on uplink resources.
  • configured uplink resources refer to periodically configured uplink resources that are configured in advance, including, but not limited to, configured resource type 1 configured grant type 1 and configured resource type 2 configured grant type 2 and can also be referred to as free Grant (free) resources or semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) resources
  • whether the foregoing includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission in a transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located including: whether there is channel detection in the transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located.
  • Reference signal SRS transmission
  • Control channel PUCCH transmission
  • non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission refers to dynamic scheduling that is not performed by a network device to issue a DCI allocation UL grant, and includes but is not limited to the above-mentioned uplink transmission methods.
  • the method further includes: the communication device determines that the size of the first UL grant can accommodate the size of the PHR.
  • the communication device by enabling the communication device to determine the size of the first UL grant used to transmit the PHR to accommodate the size of the PHR, the accuracy of transmitting the PHR can be improved.
  • the method further includes: the communication device receives instruction information, and the instruction information is used to indicate whether the communication device reports a cell Type 2 PH, wherein the cell is a secondary cell PUCCH SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel under a new air interface NR base station.
  • the communication device by causing the communication device to determine whether to report the PH of the Type 2 of the PUCCH under the NR base station according to the instruction information, it is possible to prevent the communication device from reporting the PH of the Type 2 of the PUCCH under the NR base station to an error.
  • the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station includes: when the communication device is configured with a new air interface-long-term evolution dual connection NR-LTE DC, or a long-term evolution-new air interface dual connection LTE-NR DC. PUCCH and SCell under the NR base station.
  • the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station includes: when the communication device is not configured with a DC, or the communication device is configured with a new air interface-new air interface dual connection NR-NR DC, PUCCH and SCell under the NR base station.
  • the PH of Type 2 above is the PH of a cell supporting PUCCH transmission.
  • the indication information includes: PH type information and / or cell information, where the cell information includes cell type information, and / or ,
  • the cell is the cell indication information of the NR side or the LTE side.
  • the indication information include type information of PH and / or cell information, it is possible to obtain type information and / or cell information of PH according to the indication information.
  • the format of the PHR includes: a Type 2 PH field, where the Type 2 PH field is used to report the cell, and is not used to report PH of a Type 2 cell other than the cell.
  • the PHR format may further include P CMAX, f, c fields corresponding to the Type 2 PH domains; when all When the PH type of the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH Scell under the NR base station is a virtual type, the PHR format may not include the P CMAX, f, c fields corresponding to the Type 2 PH domain.
  • Type 2 PH field described above is used to report the PUCCH Scell under the NR base station, and is not used to report the Type 2 PH of the cell other than the PUCCH Scell under the NR base station.
  • the PH field of the first Type2 may report the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the NR base station, or the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the non-NR base station may be modified to only report the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the non-NR base station.
  • the above-mentioned Type 2 PH field is added to the PHR format only for reporting the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the NR base station, and does not report the Type 2 PH of the PUCCH and Scell of the non-NR base station.
  • the method further includes: the communication device generates the PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR format is Carry a bitmap bitmap, which is used to indicate a first mapping relationship between the PH carried in the PHR and a plurality of activated BWPs.
  • a bitmap is carried in a PHR format reported by a communication device, where the bitmap is used to indicate a first mapping relationship between a PH carried in the PHR and a plurality of BWPs, and PH reporting can be completed based on BWP granularity.
  • bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell.
  • the method further includes: when the cell is a special cell SpCell or a secondary cell PUCCH SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel, and the cell
  • the first mapping relationship includes: a mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type 2 PH, and multiple activated BWPs with multiple Type 1 or Type 3 Mapping relationship of PH
  • the first mapping relationship includes: the at least one Mapping relationship between BWP and at least one Type1 or Type3 PH.
  • different types of PH carried in the PHR transmitted by the communication device correspond to different BWPs.
  • a communication method including: receiving, by a communication device, indication information that is used to indicate whether the communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a cell, where the cell is a new air interface
  • the secondary cell PUCCH SCell supporting the physical uplink control channel under the NR base station.
  • the communication device by causing the communication device to determine whether to report the PH of the Type 2 of the PUCCH under the NR base station according to the instruction information, it is possible to prevent the communication device from reporting an error of the type 2 of the PUCCH of the NR base station.
  • the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station includes: when the communication device is configured with a new air interface-long-term evolution dual connection NR-LTE DC, or a long-term evolution-new air interface dual connection LTE-NR DC. PUCCH and SCell under the NR base station.
  • the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station includes: when the communication device is not configured with a DC, or the communication device is configured with a new air interface-new air interface dual connection NR-NR DC, PUCCH and SCell under the NR base station.
  • the PH of Type 2 above is the PH of a cell supporting PUCCH transmission.
  • the indication information includes: PH type information and / or cell information, where the cell information includes cell type information, and / or, the cell is an NR side or Cell indication information on the LTE side.
  • the indication information include type information of PH and / or cell information, it is possible to obtain type information and / or cell information of PH according to the indication information.
  • the format of the PHR includes: a Type 2 PH field, where the Type 2 PH field is used to report the cell, and is not used to report PH of a Type 2 cell other than the cell.
  • the PHR format may further include P CMAX, f, c fields corresponding to the Type 2 PH domains; when all When the PH type of the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH Scell under the NR base station is a virtual type, the PHR format may not include the P CMAX, f, c fields corresponding to the Type 2 PH domain.
  • Type 2 PH field described above is used to report the PUCCH Scell under the NR base station, and is not used to report the Type 2 PH of the cell other than the PUCCH Scell under the NR base station.
  • the PH field of the first Type2 may report the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the NR base station, or the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the non-NR base station may be modified to only report the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the non-NR base station.
  • Type 2 PH field is added to the PHR format only for reporting the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the NR base station, and does not report the Type 2 PH of the PUCCH and Scell of the non-NR base station.
  • a communication method including: a communication device generates a power headroom report PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR carries a bitmap bitmap, and the bitmap is used to indicate that the PHR carries The first mapping relationship between PH and multiple activated BWP.
  • a bitmap is carried in a PHR format reported by a communication device, where the bitmap is used to indicate a first mapping relationship between a PH carried in the PHR and a plurality of BWPs, and PH reporting can be completed based on BWP granularity.
  • the first mapping relationship may be used to indicate a mapping relationship between each bit in the bitmap and the BWP, and a value of each bit may indicate whether a corresponding BWP is in an activated state.
  • the communication device If the BWP is in the activated state, the communication device reports the corresponding PH for the activated BWP; if the BWP is in the inactive state, the communication device does not report the PH for the BWP in the inactive state.
  • the bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell.
  • the second mapping relationship means that each cell corresponds to one bit in a bitmap.
  • a specific cell may include multiple BWPs, and several BWPs may be activated simultaneously.
  • the other bits of the bitmap further indicate the status of each BWP in the cell to determine whether the communication device reports the PH for the BWP.
  • the method further includes: when the cell is a special cell SpCell or a secondary cell PUCCH SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel, and the cell
  • the first mapping relationship includes: a mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type 2 PH, and multiple activated BWPs with multiple Type 1 or Type 3 Mapping relationship of PH
  • the first mapping relationship includes: the at least one Mapping relationship between BWP and at least one Type1 or Type3 PH.
  • different types of PH carried in the PHR transmitted by the communication device correspond to different BWPs.
  • a communication method including: whether the communication device receives downlink control information DCI for scheduling UL grant according to whether the communication device is before the first time and including the time of the first time. , And / or, the communication device determines, at a first moment, a type of a PH value carried in the PHR according to whether a non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission is included in a transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located.
  • the first time may be the first time in the first aspect described above; the first time may also be the time when the communication device determines the type of PH value carried in the PHR in the prior art; the first time is also It may be the time when the communication device specified in the subsequent protocol determines the type of the PH value carried in the PHR. This embodiment does not limit the first time.
  • the first UL grant may be the first UL grant in the first aspect described above; the first UL grant may also be a UL grant that a communication device uses to transmit PHR in the prior art; the first UL grant also It may be a UL grant granted by a communication device for transmission of PHR in a subsequent protocol. This embodiment does not limit the first UL grant.
  • whether the downlink control information is received before the first time and including the time of the first time, and whether the transmission time period including the first UL grant includes non- The dynamically scheduled uplink transmission, as a reference factor for determining the type of PH value carried in the PHR, can improve the accuracy of determining the type of PH value carried in the PHR.
  • downlink control information is downlink control information specifically used for scheduling UL grants
  • whether the foregoing includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission in the transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located including: whether there is data in the above configuration in the transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located Transmission on uplink resources.
  • configured uplink resources refer to periodically configured uplink resources that are configured in advance, including, but not limited to, configured resource type 1 configured grant type 1 and configured resource type 2 configured grant type 2 and can also be referred to as free Grant resources free and semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) resources
  • whether the foregoing includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission in a transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located including: whether there is channel detection in the transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located.
  • Reference signal SRS transmission
  • Control channel PUCCH transmission
  • non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission refers to the dynamic scheduling that is not performed by the base station to send a DCI to allocate a UL grant, including, but not limited to, the above-mentioned uplink transmission methods.
  • the method further includes: the communication device determines that the size of the first UL grant can accommodate the size of the PHR.
  • the communication device by enabling the communication device to determine the size of the first UL grant used to transmit the PHR to accommodate the size of the PHR, the accuracy of transmitting the PHR can be improved.
  • a communication method which includes: a communication device determines a value of X according to the first instruction information, and compares a service of a common control channel included in a MAC PDU carried in an Msg3 message in a random access process of the communication device. Whether the size of the data unit CCCH SDU is equal to the value of X, determines whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries an L field, where the L field is used to determine the size of the CCCH SDU, and X is a positive integer .
  • the communication device by causing the communication device to determine the value of X according to the first instruction information, it is further determined whether the MAC subheader carries the L field by comparing whether the size of the CCCH and the X value are equal to each other. If the size of the SDU is equal to the value of X, choose whether to carry the L field.
  • the first instruction information is the first instruction information sent by the communication device and received by the network device.
  • the first instruction information is first instruction information that the communication device does not receive from the network device.
  • determining the value of X by the communication device according to the first instruction information includes: determining, by the communication device, the minimum uplink authorized resource of the Msg3 message according to the first instruction information.
  • the size of the UL grant is determined according to the value of the minimum UL grant.
  • the communication device determines the value of X according to the first instruction information:
  • the communication device determines that the value of X is 64;
  • the communication device determines that the value of X is 48;
  • the communication device determines the value of X according to the first instruction information:
  • the communication device determines that the value of X is 64;
  • the communication device determines that the value of X is 48;
  • the communication device determines the value of X according to the first instruction information:
  • the communication device by making the first indication information indicate the size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant for the Msg3 message, the communication device can determine the size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant according to the first indication information, and then determine The value of X determines whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L field according to whether the CCCH SDU is equal to the value of X.
  • the determining whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries an L domain includes:
  • the communication device determines the value of X according to the size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant, and determines whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L domain according to whether the CCCH SDU is equal to the X value.
  • the MAC PDU includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate a size of the CCCH SDU.
  • a communication method including: the network device generates instruction information, the instruction information is used to indicate whether the communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a cell; and the network device sends the instruction information to the communication device
  • the cell is a secondary cell PUCCH SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel under the new air interface NR base station.
  • the network device by enabling the network device to issue instruction information to indicate whether the communication device reports the PH of the Type 2 of the PUCCH under the NR base station, it is possible to prevent the communication device from reporting the PH of the Type 2 of the PUCCH under the NR base station. An error occurred.
  • the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station includes: when the communication device is configured with a new air interface-long-term evolution dual connection NR-LTE DC, or a long-term evolution-new air interface dual connection LTE-NR DC. PUCCH and SCell under the NR base station.
  • the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station includes: when the communication device is not configured with a DC, or the communication device is configured with a new air interface-new air interface dual connection NR-NR DC, PUCCH and SCell under the NR base station.
  • the PH of Type 2 above is the PH of a cell supporting PUCCH transmission.
  • the indication information includes: PH type information and / or cell information, where the cell information includes cell type information, and / or, the cell is an NR side or Cell indication information on the LTE side.
  • the communication device by making the instruction information delivered by the network device include the type information and / or cell information of the PH, the communication device can obtain the type information and / or cell information of the PH according to the instruction information.
  • the format of the PHR includes: a Type 2 PH field, where the Type 2 PH field is used to report the cell, and is not used to report PH of a Type 2 cell other than the cell.
  • a communication method including: parsing a PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR format carries a bitmap bitmap, and the bitmap is used to indicate the PHR format.
  • a bitmap is carried in the PHR format, and the bitmap is used to indicate the first mapping relationship between the PH carried in the PHR and multiple BWPs, and the PH in the PHR can be obtained based on BWP granularity analysis.
  • the bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell.
  • the method further includes: when the cell is a special cell SpCell or a secondary cell PUCCH SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel, and the cell
  • the first mapping relationship includes a mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type 2 PH, and the multiple activated BWPs and multiple Type 1 Or Type3 PH mapping relationship;
  • the first mapping relationship includes: the Mapping relationship between at least one BWP and at least one Type1 or Type3 PH.
  • different types of PH carried in the PHR transmitted by the communication device correspond to different BWPs.
  • a communication method including: a network device sends first instruction information, where the first instruction information is used to indicate a value of X, and the value of X is used for Msg3 in a random access process with a communication device
  • the size of the service data unit CCCH and SDU of the common control channel contained in the MAC PDU carried in the message is compared; whether the comparison result is equal is used to determine whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L domain, where The L field is used to determine the size of the CCCH SDU.
  • the network device sends the first indication information to determine the value of X, and further determines whether the MAC subheader carries the L field by comparing whether the CCCH SDU and the X value are equal. Whether the size of X is equal to the value of X, choose the size to carry the L field.
  • the first indication information is a system message sent by a network device.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate a size of a minimum uplink grant UL grant for the Msg3 message.
  • the communication device by making the first indication information indicate the size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant for the Msg3 message, the communication device can determine the size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant according to the first indication information.
  • the indicating whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries an L domain includes:
  • the size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant determines the value of X, and determines whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L domain according to whether the CCCH SDU is equal to the value of X.
  • the network device receives fourth instruction information, and the fourth instruction information is used to indicate a size of the CCCH SDU.
  • a communication device can be used to perform operations of the communication device in any of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect to the fourth aspect and the first aspect to the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device includes means for performing steps or functions corresponding to the steps described in the first aspect to the fourth aspect, which may be the communication device of the first aspect to the fifth aspect.
  • the steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a network device is provided, and the network device may be used to perform operations of the network device in the fifth aspect and the sixth aspect, and any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect to the eighth aspect.
  • the network device includes means corresponding to the steps or functions described in the foregoing sixth aspect to the eighth aspect, which may be the network device of the fourth aspect to the eighth aspect.
  • the steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication device including a processor and a memory, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes the first to the first
  • the communication method in any of the eight possible implementation manners.
  • processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory is separately provided from the processor.
  • the communication device further includes a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a communication system includes the foregoing communication device and a network device. Includes transceiver, processor, and memory.
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication system executes any one of the first to eighth possible implementation manners Methods.
  • a computer program product includes a computer program (also referred to as code or instructions), and when the computer program is executed, causes a computer to execute the first to the first steps described above.
  • the method in any of the eight possible implementations.
  • a computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions), which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the first to the first The method in any of the eight possible implementations.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or instructions
  • a chip system including a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip system executes The method in any one of the foregoing first to eighth possible implementation manners.
  • the communication method, communication device, network device, and communication system in the embodiments of the present application enable the communication device to determine the report at the time when the logical channel priority LCP process is started based on the first UL grant or when the protocol data unit MAC PDU is started to be assembled.
  • the type of PH value in PHR can improve the accuracy of PHR transmitted by communication equipment.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system 100 capable of applying a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a communication device transmitting PHR.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of transmitting PHR by another communication device.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a time window provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a MAC subheader carrying an L domain.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a MAC subheader that does not carry an L domain.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • a component may be, but is not limited to, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and / or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and a computing device can be components.
  • One or more components can reside within a process and / or thread of execution, and a component can be localized on one computer and / or distributed between 2 or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (e.g., data from two components that interact with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and / or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate via local and / or remote processes.
  • data packets e.g., data from two components that interact with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and / or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals
  • GSM global mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • the system may include, for example, a fifth-generation (fifth-generation, 5G) communication system or a new air interface (new radio, NR) and the like.
  • 5G fifth-generation
  • NR new air interface
  • D2D device-to-device
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • MTC machine-type communication
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • the communication device in this application may be a terminal device.
  • Terminal equipment can also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user Agent or user device.
  • UE user equipment
  • the terminal device can be a station (staion, ST) in the WLAN, a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, and personal digital processing (personal digital assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, and next-generation communication systems, such as terminal devices in 5G networks or Terminal equipment and the like in a future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) network.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the communication device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which are the general name for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a device that is worn directly on the body or is integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Broad-spectrum wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, full or partial functions that do not rely on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on certain types of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical signs monitoring.
  • the communication device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • the IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to pass items through communication technology. It is connected to the network, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and internet of things.
  • the network device may be a base station (BS), and the base station may have various forms, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay station, and an access point.
  • BS base station
  • the base station may have various forms, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay station, and an access point.
  • the base station involved in this embodiment of the present application may be a base station in NR, where the base station in NR may also be referred to as a transmission and reception point (TRP) or gNB, and may also be a GSM or CDMA
  • the base transceiver station (BTS) can also be a Node B (NB) in a WCDMA system, or an evolutionary Node B (eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system. It is the next generation Node B (gNB) in the future 5G network.
  • the network device involved in the embodiment of the present application may also include a device that is deployed in a wireless access network and can perform wireless communication with a terminal.
  • the network device may be a relay station, an access point, a network device in a future 5G network, or a public land mobile that is evolving in the future.
  • Network equipment in a public network PLMN.
  • PLMN public network
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • NB Node B
  • BSC network equipment controller
  • BTS network equipment transceiver Base station
  • HNB home network equipment
  • BBU baseband unit
  • the device that implements the function of the network device may be a network device, or may be a device that supports the network device to implement the function, such as a chip, a circuit, or other device.
  • the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device that implements the functions of the network device as a network device as an example.
  • a network device provides services for a cell
  • a terminal device communicates with the network device through a transmission resource (for example, a frequency domain resource or a spectrum resource) used by the cell
  • the cell may be a network device (For example, a base station)
  • the corresponding cell can belong to a macro base station or a small cell.
  • the small cell here can include: urban cell, micro cell, and pico cell. (pico cell), femto cell (femto cell), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-rate data transmission services.
  • multiple carriers on the carrier in the LTE system or 5G system can work on the same frequency at the same time.
  • the above carrier and cell concepts can be considered equivalent.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • the concept of a carrier and a cell can be considered to be equivalent.
  • a UE accessing a carrier and accessing a cell are equivalent.
  • the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • This hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and a memory (also called main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a windows operating system.
  • This application layer contains applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the application can be run to provide the program according to the embodiment of the application.
  • the communication may be performed by using the method.
  • the method execution subject provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a communication device or a network device, or a function module in the communication device or the network device that can call a program and execute the program.
  • various aspects or features of the embodiments of the present application may be implemented as a method, an apparatus, or an article of manufacture using standard programming and / or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (eg, hard disks, floppy disks, or magnetic tapes, etc.), optical disks (eg, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (DVDs) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and / or other machine-readable media used to store information.
  • machine-readable medium may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and / or carrying instruction (s) and / or data.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system 100 capable of applying a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may include one or more network devices, for example, network device # 1, network device # 2, 112, and network device # 3 shown in FIG. 1; the wireless communication system 100 It may also include one or more communication devices, for example, the communication device 121 shown in FIG. 1.
  • the wireless communication system 100 can also support CoMP transmission, that is, multiple cells or multiple network devices can cooperatively participate in data transmission of a communication device or jointly receive data sent by a communication device, or multiple cells or multiple network devices can perform Cooperative scheduling or cooperative beamforming.
  • the multiple cells may belong to the same network device or different network devices, and may be selected according to channel gain or path loss, received signal strength, received signal instruction, and the like.
  • one of the network device # 1 to the network device # 3 may be a serving network device, and the serving network device may refer to a wireless air interface protocol as
  • the communication device is a network device that provides at least one of radio resource control (RRC) connection, non-access stratum (NAS) mobility management, and security input services.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • network device # 2 and network device # 3 may be cooperative network devices.
  • the serving network device may send control signaling to the communication device, and the cooperative network device may send data to the communication device; or, the serving network device may send control signaling to the communication device, and the serving network device and the cooperative network device may send data to the communication device; Or, both the serving network device and the cooperative network device can send control signaling to the communication device, and both the serving network device and the cooperative network device can send data to the communication device; or, the cooperative network device can send control signaling to the communication device and service At least one of the network device and the cooperative network device may send data to the communication device; or, the cooperative network device may send control signaling and data to the communication device.
  • This embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
  • FIG. 1 is only for easy understanding, and schematically illustrates network device # 1 to network device # 3 and communication device, but this should not constitute any limitation to this application, and the wireless communication system may include more Or a smaller number of network devices, or a larger number of communication devices, the network devices communicating with different communication devices can be the same network device, or different network devices, and the network communicating with different communication devices The number of devices may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network device # 1 and the communication device 121 are taken as an example to briefly explain the communication between the network device and the communication device.
  • Network device # 1111 may include 1 antenna or multiple antennas.
  • the network device # 1 may additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain.
  • Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that each of them can include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (such as a processor, a modulator, Router, demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.).
  • the communication device 121 can communicate with multiple communication devices.
  • the communication device 121 may be, for example, a cellular phone, a smart phone, a portable computer, a handheld communication device, a handheld computing device, a satellite radio, a global positioning system, a PDA, and / or any other suitable device for communicating on the wireless communication system 100.
  • the communication device 121 communicates with the network device # 1, where the network device # 1 111 sends information to the communication device 121 through a forward link (also referred to as a downlink), and through a reverse link (Also called uplink) Network device # 1 receives information from communication device 121.
  • a forward link also referred to as a downlink
  • a reverse link Also called uplink
  • the forward link and the reverse link use different frequency bands.
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • the forward link and the reverse link may use a common frequency band.
  • Each antenna (or antenna group consisting of multiple antennas) and / or area designed for communication is called a sector of network device # 1 111.
  • the antenna group may be designed to communicate with a communication device in a sector covered by the network device # 1 111.
  • Network device # 1 can send signals to all communication devices in its corresponding sector through a single antenna or multiple antenna transmit diversity.
  • the transmitting antenna of the network device # 1 can also use beamforming to improve the signal-to-noise ratio of the forward link.
  • network device # 1 uses beamforming to send randomly scattered communication devices 121 in the relevant coverage area.
  • signalling mobile devices in adjacent cells experience less interference.
  • the network device # 1 and the communication device 121 may be a wireless communication transmitting device and / or a wireless communication receiving device.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device may encode the data for transmission.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device may obtain (for example, generate, receive from another communication device, or save in a memory, etc.) a certain number of data bits to be transmitted to the wireless communication receiving device through a channel.
  • Such data bits may be contained in a transport block (or transport blocks) of data, which may be segmented to generate a plurality of code blocks.
  • the communication system 100 may be a PLMN network, a D2D network, an M2M network, an IoT network, or other networks.
  • FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram of an example.
  • the network may also include other network devices or communication devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1. .
  • the PH type refers to different PH types according to different transmissions supported by the cell, and the PH type is divided into different PH types for different PH values.
  • the PHR is the difference between the maximum transmission power of the communication device and the estimated uplink transmission power of the communication device to the network device.
  • the power headroom information reported by the communication device can provide an important reference for the network device to perform uplink scheduling on the communication device.
  • the network device can obtain the remaining power information of the communication device according to the PHR reported by the communication device. Thus, the network device decides to schedule wireless resources for the communication device.
  • the network device when the network device learns that the remaining power of the communication device is relatively large according to the PHR reported by the communication device, the network device can schedule more frequency resources for the communication device for more data transmission;
  • the network device learns that when the remaining power of the communication device is low or insufficient, the network device can schedule fewer frequency resources for the communication device for less data transmission.
  • the transmission of PHR by communication equipment can avoid the phenomenon that the maximum transmission power of the communication equipment is insufficient
  • the transmission of PHR by the communication equipment can avoid the phenomenon that the maximum transmission power of the communication equipment remains to a certain extent.
  • the power headroom report of a communication device is calculated and reported separately for each cell.
  • the power headroom includes the following three different types.
  • the first type (Type1) power headroom is for the case where only physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission is supported;
  • the second type (Type 2) power headroom is for the case of supporting physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) and PUSCH transmission;
  • the third type (Type3) power headroom is for the case where only channel sounding reference signal (SRS) transmission is supported.
  • SRS channel sounding reference signal
  • the PH value information included in the PHR is the PH value information of all the cells activated in the carrier aggregation, and when there are multiple activated cells in the carrier aggregation, the communication device reports on the activated cell at the same time. PH value information of an activated cell.
  • PH can be divided into three types.
  • the Type 2 PH is reported for a cell that supports both PUCCH transmission and PUSCH transmission; or, the Type 2 PH of the three types of PH is reported for a cell that supports PUCCH transmission.
  • SpCell a special cell
  • PCell primary cell
  • PSCell primary cell
  • the other is a secondary cell (SCell) that supports PUCCH transmission.
  • SCell secondary cell
  • the communication device in the NR protocol, the communication device is not allowed to report the Type 2 PH, but the process of reporting the Type 2 PH by the communication device is still retained in the protocol. This is for forward compatibility, that is, for the consideration of later versions, the standard protocol retains the procedure and format for the communication device to report the Type 2 PH in the PUCCH SCell cell under the NR base station.
  • a communication device executes the process and format of reporting a Type 2 PH according to the current protocol standard, but needs to obtain some necessary reporting information when reporting, and if the communication device is not allowed to report the Type 2 PH, the communication device obtains the reporting information An error will occur.
  • Virtual type There is no actual transmission. It is reported based on the reference format.
  • the PH value is a virtual type, the corresponding P CMAX, f, c fields are not included in the PHR format.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a communication device transmitting PHR.
  • Figure 2 includes cell 1, cell 2, uplink scheduling 1, PHR trigger, and DCI1.
  • cell 1 and cell 2 are different cells in carrier aggregation.
  • the process of transmitting the PHR by the communication device will be performed on the uplink scheduling 1 (UL grant 1) on the cell 1.
  • the PHR of the communication device must include not only the PH value of cell 1 but also the PH value of cell 2.
  • the type of PH value of cell 2 is the above-mentioned true type; if cell 2 does not have uplink transmission during the time period of communication equipment transmitting PHR, then The PH type of cell 2 is a virtual type.
  • DCI1 in FIG. 2 is downlink control information for indicating the location of the communication device UL grant1. From the time when the communication device receives the DCI to the time when the communication device can use the UL Grant1 resource, the communication device needs a period of time to process.
  • the time when the communication device can use the UL Grant1 resource refers to the start time of the communication device transmitting PHR.
  • the communication device needs a period of time to process, including the communication device processing DCI1, that is, parsing the DCI, and the communication device determining to transmit the content of the PHR.
  • the processing time of communication equipment on different cells can be different, so the following situations may occur:
  • the communication device receives DCI1 on cell 1, cell 2 does not have a UL grant within the PHR transmission period of the communication device. Then the communication device judges the type of the PH value of the cell 2 according to the receiving time of the DCI1.
  • the type of the PH value reported for the cell 2 in the PHR reported by the communication device is a virtual type;
  • the communication device After the communication device receives DCI1 on cell 1, and before the PHR transmission time.
  • the communication device received DCI2 on the cell 2, and the transmission time of the UL Grant2 indicated by the DCI2 and the transmission time of the PHR of the communication device overlap.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of transmitting PHR by another communication device. Then the type of PH value for cell 2 in the PHR reported by the communication device should be the real type.
  • the communication device judges whether the type of the PH value for the cell 2 in the PHR reported by the communication device according to the receiving time of the DCI1 is not accurate.
  • the communication device needs to clearly specify a basis for determining the PH value type of the cell 2 and a determination time for determining the PH value type of the cell 2. Therefore, it is determined whether the communication device should report the virtual or real PH type for cell 2 when transmitting PHR.
  • the above-mentioned UL Grant1 resource lasts for a period of time, and the communication device needs to transmit the MAC PDU where the PHR is located within this period of time.
  • Uplink scheduling (UL grant) type :
  • Dynamic scheduling The network device first sends downlink control information (DCI) to the communication device.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the DCI is used to indicate when and where the communication device actually schedules.
  • the communication device uses the uplink scheduling indicated by the DCI.
  • Time to send information using UL grant. Transmissions performed on dynamic scheduling may be referred to as dynamic uplink transmissions; transmissions not performed on dynamic scheduling are referred to as non-dynamic uplink transmissions.
  • Configured scheduling (configured grant): The network equipment instructs the communication equipment in advance, and the UL grant start time and UL grant repeatedly appear in a certain cycle. Then, the communication device can use the UL grant at the time when the UL grant occurs periodically. In this UL grant type, network equipment is not needed, and according to each UL grant, DCI is sent to indicate the use time and location of each UL grant by the communication device.
  • each cell can include multiple BWPs.
  • a communication device can only activate and use one BWP in each cell.
  • the latter protocol may support the case where multiple BWPs are activated in a cell, then the communication device needs to consider a scheme of reporting based on the BWP granularity when transmitting PHR.
  • this application proposes a communication method, which can improve the accuracy of PHR transmitted by a communication device.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. Including S110-S150 five steps, these five steps are described in detail below.
  • the trigger condition of the PHR of the communication device may be any one of the following trigger conditions:
  • the first condition when the communication device has uplink resources for transmitting new data, the prohibit PHR timer (prohibitPHR-Timer) has timed out or has timed out, and after the last PHR transmission, the path loss change value has exceeded the reference path loss Change value (dl-pathlosschange), unit: decibel (dB).
  • the first condition requires attention to two places:
  • the "variation" of path loss is used here. That is, it does not distinguish whether the current path loss becomes larger or smaller, and considers the absolute difference of the path loss.
  • prohibitPHR-Timer is to prevent the occurrence of a situation in which a communication device is frequently triggered to transmit PHR due to frequent path loss changes or a path loss threshold set too low.
  • the second condition the periodic PHR timer (periodicPHR-Timer) expires.
  • the third condition when the RRC layer is configured or reconfigured, the PHR function or PHR parameters, and this configuration or reconfiguration does not prohibit PHR.
  • RRC reconfigures the value of the timer.
  • condition that the PHR of the communication device is triggered may be triggered by the trigger condition provided in the prior art, or may be triggered by other trigger conditions that can trigger the transmission of PHR by the communication device. Not limited.
  • the communication device determines a first UL grant for transmitting PHR.
  • the communication device After the PHR of the communication device is triggered, the communication device first determines the first UL grant to be used to transmit the PHR.
  • the first UL grant may be the first UL Grant allocated by the network device to the communication device after the PHR of the communication device is triggered.
  • the first UL grant may be the UL grant with the earliest time from the time when the PHR of the communication device is triggered, before and after the time when the PHR of the communication device is triggered.
  • the first UL grant may be the first UL grant corresponding to the DCI received by the communication device after the PHR of the communication device is triggered.
  • the first UL grant may be a UL grant indicated by a configured grant set in advance by a network device.
  • the first UL grant may be a UL grant on a cell in an activated state in a single carrier scenario; or the first UL grant may be a cell in an active state and transmit the PHR in a carrier aggregation scenario. On the UL grant.
  • the method before the communication device determines a first UL grant for transmitting the PHR on the first cell, the method further includes: the communication device determines the first UL The size of the grant can accommodate the size of the PHR.
  • the network device transmits the first UL Grant1 of the new data allocation for the communication device, but the UL Grant1 resource size is not sufficient to support the communication device transmission PHR.
  • the communication device needs to determine another first UL grant, which is a UL grant2 that can support the transmission of PHR by the communication device.
  • the UL grant2 may be the first UL grant corresponding to the DCI indicating the UL grant after the PHR of the communication device is triggered, or the UL grant2 may be the time before and after the PHR of the communication device is triggered.
  • the earliest UL grant from the moment when the PHR of the communication device is triggered, or the UL grant2 may be another UL grant that can support the transmission of PHR by the communication device.
  • This application does not limit how to determine the first UL grant, and the size of the first UL grant can accommodate the PHR, and may be any one of the foregoing determination methods.
  • the type of the PH value of the cell that transmits the PHR and does not support PUCCH transmission must be the true type. Because the first UL grant that the communication device uses to transmit PHR is the UL grant on the cell, then the cell must have actual transmission.
  • the communication device determines a PH value type carried in the PHR at the first moment.
  • the communication device After the communication device decides to transmit the first UL grant used by the PHR and the DCI corresponding to the first UL grant, the communication device starts a logical channel priority (LCP) process based on the first UL grant or assembles and starts medium access control.
  • LCP logical channel priority
  • Protocol data unit (MAC, PDU, MAC, PDU) process After the communication device decides to transmit the first UL grant used by the PHR and the DCI corresponding to the first UL grant, the communication device starts a logical channel priority (LCP) process based on the first UL grant or assembles and starts medium access control.
  • Protocol data unit (MAC, PDU, MAC, PDU) process Protocol data unit
  • the above LCP process refers to that the communication device includes multiple logical channels after the communication device determines the first UL grant.
  • the communication device needs to determine how much resources are allocated to each logical channel through the LCP process, that is, how much data is taken from each logical channel to form a complete MAC PDU, and then transmitted on the first UL grant.
  • the communication device when the communication device performs the LCP process, the communication device needs to know the PH value type of each cell carried in the PHR. Because the PH type of each cell affects the size of the PHR, the communication device needs to know the size of the PHR during LCP.
  • the above MAC PDU assembly refers to: After the terminal device determines the UL grant, the LCP process is performed according to the size of the UL grant to take a certain amount of data packets from each logical channel, and the corresponding MAC subheader is assembled to form a MAC PDU. The UL grant is transmitted.
  • the first time is the time when the communication device starts the LCP process based on the first UL grant, or the first time is the time when the communication device starts to assemble the MAC PDU based on the first UL grant.
  • the communication device determines the PH value type carried in the PHR at the first moment. Compared with the prior art shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 3, the communication device determines the PH value type based on the receiving DCI moment with higher accuracy.
  • determining the PH value type includes: determining a PH value type of a cell in an activated state in carrier aggregation.
  • the communication device determines the type of the PH value carried in the PHR according to whether the communication device receives a DCI for scheduling UL grants before and including the first time.
  • a schematic diagram of a time window before the first moment and including a time corresponding to the first moment is shown in FIG. 5.
  • the communication device sends a PHR to the network device.
  • the communication device After determining the reported PHR, the communication device sends the determined PHR to the network device.
  • the network device analyzes the PHR, obtains the PH value, and performs uplink scheduling.
  • the network device After receiving the PHR of the communication device, the network device parses the PHR, obtains the PH value information carried therein, and performs uplink scheduling on the communication device according to the PH value information.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a time window provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the end time of the time window is limited to the first time, and the duration (L) and the start time (T0) of the time window are not limited.
  • determining the type of the PH value of the second cell is taken as an example.
  • the communication device receives DCI on the second cell, the DCI indicates a second UL grant, and the start time of the second UL grant and the start time of the first UL grant overlap .
  • the type of the PH value for the second cell is a true type.
  • DCIs may also be physical downlink control channel commands (PDCCH orders).
  • PDCCH orders physical downlink control channel commands
  • the communication device determines the type of the PH value carried in the PHR at the first moment according to whether the non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission is included in the transmission time period where the first UL grant is located.
  • determining the type of the PH value of the second cell is taken as an example.
  • the second cell includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission. Then, in the PHR, the type of the PH value for the second cell is a true type.
  • whether the above-mentioned second cell includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission within a transmission time period where the first UL grant is located includes: the above-mentioned second cell's transmission time period where the first UL grant is located Whether any data is transmitted on the configured uplink resource.
  • configured uplink resource (configured uplink grant) of the second cell refers to uplink resources that are configured in advance by a network device and appear periodically. Including, but not limited to, configured resource type 1configured grantType1 and configured resource type 2configured grantType2.
  • the second cell has data transmitted on the configured uplink resource. Then, in the PHR, the type of the PH value for the second cell is a true type.
  • whether the second cell includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission within a transmission time period where the first UL grant is located including: the transmission time of the second cell where the first UL grant is located Whether there is a channel sounding reference signal SRS transmission in the segment.
  • the second cell has SRS transmission. Then, in the PHR, the type of the PH value for the second cell is a true type.
  • whether the second cell includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission within a transmission time period where the first UL grant is located including: the transmission time of the second cell where the first UL grant is located Whether there is a physical uplink control channel PUCCH transmission in the segment.
  • the second cell has PUCCH transmission during the transmission time period in which the first UL grant of the PHR is transmitted by the communication device. Then, in the PHR, the type of the PH value for the second cell is a true type.
  • the type of the PH value of the second cell is a virtual type.
  • the uplink transmission includes at least one of PUSCH, PUCCH, or SRS. Further, the communication device does not need to obtain the corresponding P CMAX, f, c values of the second cell from the physical layer.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. Including S210-S220 two steps, these two steps are described in detail below.
  • S210 The network device sends instruction information to the communication device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate whether a communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a cell.
  • the cell is a secondary cell PUCCH / SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel under the NR base station.
  • the network device Before sending the instruction information, the network device generates the instruction information.
  • the cell includes:
  • a secondary cell PUCCH and SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel under the NR base station.
  • the instruction information is used to indicate whether a dual connection (DC) is configured, and one side of the dual connection is connected to the NR, and the other side is connected to the LTE communication device, and whether to report the PUCCH under the NR base station.
  • DC dual connection
  • Type2 PH the instruction information is used to indicate whether a dual connection (DC) is configured, and one side of the dual connection is connected to the NR, and the other side is connected to the LTE communication device, and whether to report the PUCCH under the NR base station.
  • the cell includes:
  • the communication device When the communication device is not configured with a DC, or the communication device is configured with a new air interface-new air interface dual connection NR-NR DC, the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station.
  • the indication information is used to indicate whether a single connection, or a communication device configured with dual connections, and both sides of the dual connection are connected to the NR, reports whether the type 2 PH of the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station is reported.
  • the indication information is a new information element (IE) configured by the network device for the communication device through RRC, and the value of the IE is set to False.
  • IE new information element
  • the indication information is that the network device configures a new IE for the communication device through RRC, and the value of the IE is set to True.
  • the indication information is that the network device does not configure a new IE for the communication device.
  • the communication device does not report the PH of Type 2 to the PUCCH under the NR base station;
  • the PUCCH of the SCell reports the Type 2 PH; or, it may be provided that when the network device does not configure a new IE for the communication device, the communication device does not report the Type 2 PH for the PUCCH of the NR base station.
  • the indication information is setting an existing IE (phr-Type2OtherCell) value to False.
  • the indication information is to set a value of an existing IE (phr-Type2OtherCell) to True.
  • the indication information is that the network device does not configure an existing IE (phr-Type2otherCell) for the communication device.
  • the communication device when the value of phr-Type2OtherCell is set to False, the communication device does not report the PH of Type2 to the PUCCH under the NR base station; or, it may be specified that when the value of phr-Type2OtherCell is set to True, the communication device does not report Report the Type 2 PH for the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station; or it may be provided that when the network device does not configure a phr-Type2 OtherCell for the communication device, the communication device does not report the Type 2 PH for the PUCCH SCell for the NR base station.
  • the indication information includes type information and / or cell information of the PH.
  • the cell information includes cell type information, and / or, the cell is NR side or LTE side cell indication information.
  • the indication information is that the network device configures a new IE for the communication device through RRC.
  • the IE may be named phr-Type2PucchSCell, where phr-Type2 is indication information of PH type 2 and PucchSCell is cell type information.
  • phr-Type2PucchSCell is only an example form, and other naming forms may also be used.
  • phr-Type2-NRPucchSCell, or NR-PucchSCell is not limited to this, as long as the communication device can determine, according to the instruction information, that it is not the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station that reports the Type 2 PH.
  • the communication device determines whether to report the Type 2 PH of the cell according to the instruction information.
  • the communication device receives the instruction information, and determines whether to report the Type 2 PH of the cell according to the instruction information.
  • the above-mentioned indication information can be understood as a switch that instructs the communication device to report the Type 2 PH of the cell in the protocol, and the switch can be set to the long-off state in the protocol, that is, the communication device is instructed not to report the Type 2 of the cell. PH.
  • the switch can be set to the long-off state in the protocol, that is, the communication device is instructed not to report the Type 2 of the cell. PH.
  • the switch is off. status.
  • the technical effect of reporting the Type2PH for the PUCCH and SCell that is not on the NR side can also be achieved by not introducing a new IE method; specifically, it can be specified in the protocol when NR-NR DC is configured or when DC is not configured.
  • the IE: phr-Type2OtherCell value in the protocol must be set to false, otherwise it can be set to true.
  • the communication device can modify the format of the transmitted PHR.
  • the format of the PHR includes:
  • Type 2 PH domain is used to report the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station, and is not used to report the PH of Type 2 in a cell other than the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station. That is, when the communication device can report the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH SCell in the NR base station, the format of the PHR includes a domain corresponding to the PH of Type 2.
  • the PHR format may further include a P CMAX, f, c field corresponding to the Type 2 PH domain; when the NR base station When the PH type of the Type 2 PH value of the PUCCH Scell below is a virtual type, the PHR format may not include the P CMAX, f, c fields corresponding to the Type 2 PH domain.
  • the format of the PHR may further include a PH field of the second Type2, and a P CMAX, f, c field corresponding to the PH field of the second Type2, where the PH field of the second Type2 is used for reporting
  • the Type 2 PH of the PUCCH SCell in the LTE base station is described.
  • R in the first row in Table 1 represents a cell that is always activated, and is not involved in this application.
  • C 1 to C 7 in the first row in Table 1 represent different cells in carrier aggregation.
  • bit value corresponding to C 1 is 1, it indicates that the C 1 cell is in an activated state.
  • R in the third row of Table 1 indicates a reserved bit.
  • the PH in the second row of Table 1 represents the PH value of the corresponding cell.
  • P CMAX, f, c 1 in the third row of Table 1 is auxiliary power value information, which is not involved in this application.
  • the PHR format of the cell 1 includes P CMAX, f, c 1.
  • the other row and column information in Table 1 is similar to the PHR format in the prior art, and is not repeated here.
  • the modification of the PHR format described in the embodiment of the present application is mainly to change the domain of PH (Type2, SpCell of MAC, or PUCCH, SCell) in the existing PHR format to PH (Type2, SpCell of MAC, MAC). , And added a PH (Type2, PUCCH, SCell, MAC, entity) domain.
  • FIG. 6 further includes S211 and S221.
  • the network device sends the second instruction information to the communication device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate whether the communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a third cell, where the third cell is a PUCCH SCell of an LTE base station.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct the communication device not to report the Type 2 PH of the third cell.
  • the third cell includes: when the communication device is configured with NR-LTE DC or LTE-NR DC, a PUCCH cell in a LTE base station to which the communication device is connected.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that a dual connection is configured, and one side of the dual connection is connected to the NR and the other side is connected to the LTE communication device, and does not report the type 2 PH of the PUCCH and the SCell of the LTE base station. .
  • the second indication information is used to instruct the communication device to report the Type 2 PH of the third cell.
  • whether the network device configures a new IE for the communication device or by setting a value of the new IE as the second indication information.
  • the second instruction information is that the network device configures a new IE (named: phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell) for the communication device.
  • a new IE named: phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell
  • the communication device determines whether to report the Type 2 PH of the third cell according to the second instruction information.
  • the communication device receives the second instruction information, and determines whether to report the Type 2 PH of the third cell according to the second instruction information.
  • the second indication information is phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell.
  • the network device configures phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell for the communication device, and the value of phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell is set to true, the communication device reports The Type 2 PH of the third cell.
  • the second indication information is phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell.
  • the network device configures phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell for the communication device, and the value of phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell is set to false, the communication device Report the Type 2 PH of the third cell.
  • the communication device reports the Type2 PH of the third cell.
  • the second indication information is phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell.
  • the network device configures phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell for the communication device, and the value of phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell is set to true, communication The device does not report the Type 2 PH of the third cell.
  • the second indication information is phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell.
  • the network device configures phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell for the communication device, and the value of phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell is set to false, the communication device The Type 2 PH of the third cell is not reported.
  • the communication device when the second indication information is that the network device does not configure a phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell for the communication device, the communication device does not report the Type2 PH of the third cell.
  • how to use the second instruction information to indicate whether the communication device reports the Type 2 PH of the third cell may be specified by the system in advance, or may be agreed by both the network device and the communication device.
  • the second instruction information received is specifically Some information is reported when it is not reported otherwise.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. Including S310-S330 three steps, these three steps are described in detail below.
  • the communication device generates a PHR format according to a preset rule.
  • the preset rule is predefined by the system.
  • the preset rule is agreed in advance by the communication device and the network device.
  • the preset rule is issued by a network device to a communication device.
  • the communication device sends a PHR format to the network device.
  • a bitmap bitmap is carried in the PHR format, and the bitmap is used to indicate a first mapping relationship between the PH carried in the PHR and a plurality of activated BWPs.
  • the communication device generates a PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR format carries a bitmap bitmap, and a bit BWP of the bitmap satisfies a first mapping relationship, and a bit value of the bit is used to indicate that Whether the BWP whose bit satisfies the first mapping relationship is in an activated state;
  • the communication device When the BWP is in an activated state, the communication device reports the PH on the BWP;
  • the communication device When the BWP is in an inactive state, the communication device does not report the PH on the BWP.
  • bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell.
  • bits in the bitmap are also used to indicate whether a cell that satisfies a second mapping relationship with the bits is in an active state.
  • the BWP of the cell When the cell is in an activated state, the BWP of the cell is in an activated state or an inactive state;
  • the BWP in the cell is in an inactive state.
  • the communication device uses only one bitmap to indicate which BWPs are active. Among them, according to the position of a bit in the bitmap, it can be determined which BWP on which cell this bit corresponds to.
  • the communication device determines that 5 BWPs are in an activated state according to a bitmap, and indicates a first mapping relationship between the 5 BWPs and 5 PHs. Among them, it is determined that 5 BWPs are activated according to a bitmap.
  • the bit values of the 5 bits in the bitmap are “1”, and the first mapping relationship may be that the 5 bits correspond to the 5 BWPs one by one, and further 5 Each BWP has a one-to-one correspondence with 5 PHs, so it can also be understood that the first mapping relationship may be a mapping relationship between 5 BWPs and 5 PHs.
  • the communication device determines a second mapping relationship according to the position of one of the five bits corresponding to BWP1 in the five BWPs in the bitmap, and determines that BWP1 is the first BWP on cell 1 according to the second mapping relationship.
  • the communication device determines that 5 BWPs are in an activated state according to a bitmap, and indicates a first mapping relationship between the 5 BWPs and 8 PHs.
  • the first mapping relationship may be that 6 of the 8 PHs are bound to 3 BWPs respectively, and the remaining 2 PHs are bound to 2 BWPs.
  • the binding between PH and BWP refers to the PH reported by a BWP.
  • the communication device uses two bitmaps to indicate the second mapping relationship between which part of the bandwidth BWP and which cells, and which part of the bandwidth BWP is in the corresponding cell location.
  • the communication device uses a bitmap in the PHR reporting format to indicate whether the PH of each BWP needs to be reported according to a preset rule.
  • the first bitmap is used to indicate whether a certain cell is activated. If activated, the corresponding second bitmap indicates which BWPs of the corresponding cell are activated or need to report the corresponding type of PH.
  • the corresponding second bitmap only exists if a certain cell is active.
  • this embodiment does not limit the corresponding types of PH described above, and may be any one of the PH types introduced earlier.
  • Table 2 is only for explaining the specific form of the bitmap in the foregoing embodiment, and is a simple example.
  • the number of bits of B corresponding to each cell is not limited, and may be N, where N is a positive integer. Table 2 does not limit the scope of protection of this application.
  • the first mapping relationship includes:
  • the communication device reports the PH on the BWP including:
  • the communication device reports a PH of Type 2 on the at least one BWP, and a PH of Type 1 or Type 3 on the multiple activated BWPs.
  • the cell when the cell is a SpCell, and 2 BWPs in the cell are in an activated state, among the 2 BWPs in the activated state, 1 BWP supports PUCCH transmission. Then, the PHR reported by the communication device for the cell should include the PH of Type 2 on 1 BWP and the PH of Type 1 or Type 3 on 2 BWPs.
  • the first mapping relationship includes: the at least one BWP and at least one Mapping relationship of Type1 or Type3 PH.
  • the communication device reporting the PH on the BWP includes:
  • the PHR reported by the communication device to the cell should include Type 1 or Type 3 on the two BWPs. PH.
  • the network device analyzes the PHR according to a preset rule.
  • the network device After receiving the PHR sent by the communication device, the network device analyzes the PHR according to a preset rule to obtain related information.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. Including S410-S420 two steps, these two steps are described in detail below.
  • each MAC PDU contains one or more MAC sub-PDUs.
  • the MAC PDU includes a common control channel service data unit (CCCH, SDU) and a MAC subheader.
  • CCCH common control channel service data unit
  • SDU MAC subheader
  • the MAC PDU in this embodiment has two types of MAC subheaders:
  • One MAC subheader carries the L domain, and one MAC subheader does not carry the L domain. Among them, the L field is used to determine the size of the CCCH SDU.
  • the MAC subheader without the L domain saves one byte compared with the MAC subheader with the L domain. Therefore, when grouping packets, the communication device needs to choose to use a subheader with an L domain or a MAC subheader without an L domain.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a MAC subheader carrying an L domain. among them.
  • R means: reserved domain, reserved for future use.
  • F Format field, which is used to indicate the length of the L field.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a MAC subheader that does not carry an L domain.
  • the communication device may select whether to carry the MAC subhead of the L domain or select not to carry the MAC subhead of the L domain according to the size of the CCCH SDU.
  • a minimum UL grant is 56 bits and a minimum UL grant is 72 bits.
  • S410 The communication device determines a value of X according to the first instruction information.
  • FIG. 8 includes S411, and the network device sends the first instruction information to the communication device. That is, the first instruction information is received by the communication device from the network device.
  • the network device sends a system message to the communication device that the first indication information is the network device.
  • the system message can be the remaining minimum system information (Remaining system information) (RMSI).
  • the communication device determines that the value of X is 64 bits; when the system message does not include the first identifier, the communication device determines that the value of X is 48 bits.
  • the specific implementation of the first identifier is not limited in this embodiment, and may be an IE or a value of a bit in a system message, or other identifiers agreed between the network device and the communication device. .
  • the first indication information communication device does not receive the first indication information from the network device to the communication device.
  • the communication device determines that the value of X is 64 bits; when the network device does not send a system message to the communication device, the communication device determines that the value of X is 48 bits.
  • determining that the value of X by the communication device according to the first instruction information includes: determining, by the communication device, the minimum uplink authorized resource UL grant of the Msg3 message according to the first instruction information The value of X is determined according to the value of the minimum UL grant.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate a size of a minimum uplink grant UL grant for the Msg3 message.
  • the first indication information is a system message issued by a network device.
  • the communication device determines that the minimum uplink grant UL grant size is 72 bits.
  • the communication device It is determined that the minimum uplink grant UL grant size is 56 bits.
  • first identifier in the embodiments of the present application is not limited, and may be an IE or a value of a bit in a system message, or may be other agreed between the network device and the communication device. logo.
  • the above first indication information is a system message issued by a network device and is only an example.
  • the first indication information may also be other size indication information of UL grants that can be used for indication.
  • the communication device compares whether the size of the service data unit CCCH of the common control channel included in the MAC control PDU carried in the Msg3 message during the random access of the communication device is equal to the value of X, and determines whether Whether the MAC subheader carries the L field.
  • the communication device determines that the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU does not carry an L field; when the size of the CCCH SDU is not When X bits, the communication device determines that the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L domain.
  • the X bit may be a value of X determined according to the first indication information in S410.
  • the X bits can also be other numbers specified by the system.
  • the MAC subheader when the size of the CCCH SDU is X bits, the MAC subheader includes the first LCID; when the size of the CCCH SDU is not X bits, the MAC subheader includes the second LCID.
  • the first LCID may be "100001" and the second LCID may be "000000", or the first LCID and the second LCID may be other values. This embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the communication device may further determine whether the L-domain is carried in the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU according to the minimum UL grant size.
  • the communication device when the minimum UL grant size is 56 bits, for the MAC PDU carried in the Msg3 message, when the size of the CCCH SDU is 48 bits, the communication device does not carry the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU. L field; when the size of the CCCH SDU is other bits, the communication device carries the L field in the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU. Because when the size of the CCCH SDU is 48 bits, the MAC subheader that does not carry the L domain can be used to fit the entire MAC PDU.
  • FIG. 8 includes S431, and the communication device sends fourth instruction information to the network device, where the fourth instruction information is used to indicate the size of the CCCH SDU.
  • the MAC PDU sent by the communication device includes fourth indication information.
  • the fourth indication information may be a first dedicated local character set identifier (LCID) identifying that the CCCH SDU size is 48 bits.
  • LCID first dedicated local character set identifier
  • the communication device When the size of the minimum UL grant is 72 bits, for the MAC PDU carried in the Msg3 message, when the size of the CCCH SDU is 64 bits, the communication device does not carry the L field in the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU. When the size of the CCCH SDU is other bits, the communication device carries the L field in the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU.
  • FIG. 8 includes S431, and the communication device sends fourth instruction information to the network device, where the fourth instruction information is used to indicate the size of the CCCH SDU.
  • the MAC PDU sent by the communication device includes fourth indication information.
  • the fourth indication information may identify that the CCCH SDU size is 64 bits for the second dedicated LCID.
  • FIG. 8 includes S431, further, FIG. 8 should include 430, and the network device determines the size of the CCCH and SDU according to the fourth instruction information.
  • the network device when the above-mentioned dedicated LCID identifies that the CCCH SDU size is 48 bits, when the network device receives the Msg3 message, it parses the MAC PDU in the Msg3 message. First, obtain the value of the LCID. If the LCID is the first dedicated LCID, the network device determines that the CCCH SDU size is 48 bits. If the LCID is not the first dedicated LCID, the network device needs to receive the Msg3 message The L field of the MAC subheader of the MAC PDU determines the CCCH SDU size.
  • the network device when the above-mentioned dedicated LCID identifies that the CCCH SDU size is 64 bits, when the network device receives the Msg3 message, it parses the MAC PDU in the Msg3 message. First, obtain the LCID value. If the LCID is the second dedicated LCID, the network device determines that the CCCH SDU size is 64 bits. If the LCID is not the second dedicated LCID, the network device needs to receive the Msg3 message according to the received Msg3 message. The L field of the MAC subheader of the MAC PDU determines the CCCH SDU size.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device includes a processor 801, an application processor, a memory user interface, and some other components (including devices such as a power source not shown).
  • the above-mentioned processing unit may be the processor 801 and complete a corresponding function.
  • the sending unit and / or the receiving unit may be a wireless transceiver 803 in the figure, which performs a corresponding function through an antenna. It can be understood that each element shown in the figure is only schematic, and is not a necessary element for completing the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may perform functions similar to the processor in FIG. 11.
  • the communication device includes a processor, a transmission data processor, and a processor.
  • the foregoing processing unit may be the processor 901 and complete a corresponding function.
  • the sending unit may be the sending data processor 903 in FIG. 12, and the receiving unit may be the receiving data processor 905 in FIG. 12.
  • a channel encoder and a channel decoder are shown in the figure, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of the embodiments of the present application, but are only schematic.
  • FIG. 13 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1000 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem.
  • the communication device in the embodiment of the present application may be used as a modulation subsystem therein.
  • the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1003 and an interface 1004.
  • the processor 1003 performs the functions of the processing unit, and the interface 1004 performs the functions of the sending unit and / or receiving unit.
  • the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1006, a processor 1003, and a program stored on the memory and executable on the processor. When the processor executes the program, one of the first to fifth embodiments is implemented. method.
  • the memory 1006 may be non-volatile or volatile, and its location may be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1000 as long as the memory 1006 can be connected to the memory 1006.
  • the processor 1003 is sufficient.
  • a computer-readable storage medium which stores instructions that execute the execution steps of the communication device in the method described in FIG. 4 to FIG. 8 when the instructions are executed.
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may be a communication device that performs the steps of the communication device in the methods described in FIGS. 4 to 8, or may be hardware that implements similar functions.
  • the communication device 1100 includes:
  • the processing unit 1101 is configured to trigger a power headroom report PHR of the communication device.
  • the processing unit 1101 is further configured to determine a first uplink grant UL grant for transmitting the PHR;
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine a power headroom PH value type carried in the PHR at a first moment, where the first moment includes the communication device starting a logical channel priority based on the first UL grant The time of the LCP process or the time when the MAC PDU of the MAC data unit starts to be assembled, the MAC PDU includes the PHR and is transmitted on the first UL grant;
  • the sending unit 1103 is configured to send the PHR to a network device.
  • the receiving unit 1102 is configured to receive downlink control information DCI.
  • the sending unit 1103 is configured to transmit data upstream and transmit PHR.
  • the processing unit determining the type of the PH value carried in the PHR at the first moment includes:
  • the processing unit is based on whether the receiving unit receives the DCI for scheduling UL grant downlink control information before the first time and includes the time of the first time, and / or,
  • the processing unit determines the type of the PH value carried in the PHR at the first moment according to whether the sending unit includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission within the transmission time period where the first UL grant is located.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine that the size of the first UL grant can accommodate the size of the PHR.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive indication information, which is used to indicate whether the communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a cell, where the cell is a secondary cell PUCCH under a new air interface NR base station that supports a physical uplink control channel.
  • indication information which is used to indicate whether the communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a cell, where the cell is a secondary cell PUCCH under a new air interface NR base station that supports a physical uplink control channel.
  • the format of the PHR includes:
  • Type 2 PH domain The Type 2 PH domain is used to report the cell, and is not used to report cells other than the cell to report the Type 2 PH of the cell.
  • the processing unit is further configured to generate a PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR format carries a bitmap bitmap, and the bitmap is used to indicate a PH carried in the PHR and a first number of activated BWPs. Mapping relations.
  • bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell.
  • the first mapping relationship includes:
  • the first mapping relationship includes:
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the value of X according to the first instruction information, and compare the size of the service data unit CCCH SDU of the common control channel included in the MAC PDU carried in the Msg3 message during the random access process of the communication device; And determining whether the size of the CCCH SDU and the value of X are equal to determine whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries an L field, where the L field is used to determine the size of the CCCH SDU, and X is Positive integer.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate a size of a minimum uplink grant UL grant for the Msg3 message.
  • the determining, by the processing unit, the value of X according to the first instruction information includes: determining, by the processing unit, the minimum uplink authorized resource UL grant size of the Msg3 message according to the first instruction information, and determining the size of the minimum UL grant resource according to the minimum UL grant The value of X.
  • the receiving unit 1102 is further configured to receive the first indication information.
  • the processing unit determining whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L field includes: the processing unit determines the value of X according to the size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant, and determines whether the CCCH SDU is related to X Whether the values are equal determines whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L domain.
  • the sending unit 1103 is further configured to send fourth instruction information, where the fourth instruction information is used to indicate a size of the CCCH SDU.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device includes a processor 1201, an application processor, a memory user interface, and some other components (including devices such as a power source not shown).
  • the foregoing processing unit may be the processor 1201 and perform corresponding functions.
  • the sending unit and / or the receiving unit may be a wireless transceiver 1203 in the figure, which performs a corresponding function through an antenna. It can be understood that each element shown in the figure is only schematic, and is not a necessary element for completing the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device may perform functions similar to the processor in FIG. 15.
  • the network device includes a processor, a sending data processor, and a processor.
  • the foregoing processing unit may be the processor 1301 and perform corresponding functions.
  • the sending unit may be the sending data processor 1303 in FIG. 16
  • the receiving unit may be the receiving data processor 1305 in FIG. 16.
  • a channel encoder and a channel decoder are shown in the figure, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of the embodiments of the present application, but are only schematic.
  • FIG. 17 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 1400 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be used as a modulation subsystem therein.
  • the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1403 and an interface 1404.
  • the processor 1403 performs the functions of the processing unit, and the interface 1404 performs the functions of the sending unit and / or receiving unit.
  • the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1406, a processor 1403, and a program stored on the memory and executable on the processor, where the processor executes the network device in the method described in FIGS. 4 to 8 Steps to perform.
  • the memory 1406 may be non-volatile or volatile, and its location may be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1400, as long as the memory 1406 can be connected to the memory 1406.
  • the processor 1403 is sufficient.
  • a computer-readable storage medium which stores instructions that execute the steps performed by a network device in the methods described in FIG. 4 to FIG. 8 when the instructions are executed.
  • FIG. 18 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device may perform the steps of the network-side device in the method described in FIG. 4 to FIG. 8.
  • the network device 1500 includes:
  • a processing unit 1501 is configured to generate instruction information, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether a communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a cell;
  • the sending unit 1503 is configured to send instruction information to the communication device, where the cell is a secondary cell PUCCH_SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel under a new air interface NR base station.
  • the format of the power headroom report PHR includes:
  • the Type 2 PH domain is used to report the cell, and is not used to report the Type 2 PH of a cell other than the cell.
  • a processing unit 1501 is configured to parse a PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR format carries a bitmap bitmap, and the bitmap is used to indicate a first mapping between a PH carried in the PHR and multiple activated BWPs relationship.
  • bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell.
  • the first mapping relationship includes:
  • the first mapping relationship includes:
  • the network device further includes a receiving unit 1502, which is used for PHR sent by the communication device after the festival and data transmitted by the communication device in an uplink.
  • a receiving unit 1502 which is used for PHR sent by the communication device after the festival and data transmitted by the communication device in an uplink.
  • the sending unit 1503 is further configured to send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a value of X, and the value of X is used to include in a MAC PDU carried in a Msg3 message during a random access process with a communication device.
  • the size of the service data unit CCCH of the common control channel is compared, and whether the result of the comparison is equal is used to determine whether the size of the CCCH or SDU is used to indicate whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L domain, where:
  • the L field is used to determine the size of the CCCH SDU.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate a size of a minimum uplink grant UL grant for the Msg3 message.
  • the determining whether an L field is carried in a MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU includes:
  • the size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant determines the value of X, and determines whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L domain according to whether the CCCH SDU is equal to the value of X.
  • the receiving unit 1502 is configured to receive fourth instruction information, where the fourth instruction information is used to indicate a size of the CCCH SDU.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), or Erase programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access Access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access Access memory
  • double SDRAM double SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • enhanced SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Fetch memory
  • direct RAMbus RAM direct RAMbus RAM, DR RAM
  • the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any other combination.
  • the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, a computer, a server, or a data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, and the like, including one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not deal with the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each of the units may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially a part that contributes to the existing technology or a part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a communication method, a communication device, a network device and a communication system. The method comprises: triggering a power headroom report (PHR) of a communication device; after a first uplink granted resource for transmitting the PHR is determined and before the PHR is transmitted, the communication device determining, at a first moment, a PH value type carried in the PHR, wherein the first moment comprises a moment when the communication device starts a logical channel priority (LCP) process based on the first uplink granted resource or a moment when a medium access control protocol data unit (MAC PDU) starts to be assembled, and the MAC PDU includes the PHR and is transmitted on the first uplink granted resource; and the communication device sending the PHR to a network device. The communication method provided in the embodiments of the present application can improve the PHR transmission accuracy of the communication device.

Description

通信方法、通信设备、网络设备及通信系统Communication method, communication equipment, network equipment and communication system
本申请要求于2018年06月21日提交中国专利局、申请号为201810646138.7、申请名称为“通信方法、通信设备以及网络设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority from a Chinese patent application filed on June 21, 2018 with the Chinese Patent Office, application number 201810646138.7, and application name "Communication Method, Communication Equipment, and Network Equipment", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. in.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种通信方法、通信设备、网络设备及通信系统。The present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to a communication method, a communication device, a network device, and a communication system.
背景技术Background technique
功率余量报告(power headroom reporting,PHR)为通信设备将通信设备的最大发射功率与估计的通信设备的上行传输功率之差上报给网络设备。通信设备上报的功率余量信息能够为网络设备对通信设备进行上行调度时提供重要的参考。A power headroom report (power headroom reporting, PHR) reports to a network device the difference between the maximum transmission power of the communication device and the estimated uplink transmission power of the communication device. The power headroom information reported by the communication device can provide an important reference for the network device to perform uplink scheduling on the communication device.
现有技术中,通信设备传输的PHR中携带的(power headroom)PH值类型可能为真实类型也可能为虚拟类型,但是现有用于传输功率余量报告的方法中确定PH值类型的准确性低。因此,如何更加准确地确定通信设备传输的PHR中携带的PH值类型,提高通信设备传输PHR的准确性,成为亟待解决的问题。In the prior art, the power headroom PH value carried in the PHR transmitted by the communication device may be a real type or a virtual type, but the accuracy of determining the PH value type in the existing methods for transmitting power headroom reports is low. . Therefore, how to more accurately determine the type of PH value carried in the PHR transmitted by the communication device and improve the accuracy of the PHR transmitted by the communication device has become an urgent problem.
发明内容Summary of the Invention
本申请提供一种通信方法、通信设备、网络设备及通信系统,能够提高通信设备传输PHR的准确性。The application provides a communication method, a communication device, a network device, and a communication system, which can improve the accuracy of the PHR transmitted by the communication device.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:通信设备的功率余量报告PHR被触发;所述通信设备确定用于传输所述PHR的第一上行授权资源;所述通信设备在第一时刻确定所述PHR中携带的功率余量PH值类型,其中,所述第一时刻包括所述通信设备基于所述第一上行授权资源开始逻辑信道优先级LCP过程的时刻或者开始组装介质访问控制协议数据单元(media access control protocol data unit,MAC PDU)的时刻,所述MAC PDU包含所述PHR并且在所述第一上行授权资源上进行传输。According to a first aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a power headroom report PHR of a communication device is triggered; the communication device determines a first uplink authorized resource for transmitting the PHR; and the communication device at a first moment Determining a power headroom PH value type carried in the PHR, wherein the first time includes a time when the communication device starts a logical channel priority LCP process based on the first uplink authorized resource or starts to assemble a medium access control protocol The time of the data unit (media access control protocol data unit, MAC PDU), the MAC PDU includes the PHR and is transmitted on the first uplink authorized resource.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,首先确定传输PHR的第一上行授权资源,通过在通信设备基于所述第一上行授权资源开始逻辑信道优先级LCP过程的时刻,或者,通信设备基于所述第一上行授权资源开始组装协议数据单元MAC PDU的时刻,确定传输的PHR中携带的PH值类型,能够提高确定该PHR中PH值类型的准确性,进一步提高通信设备传输PHR的准确性。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, a first uplink authorized resource for transmitting a PHR is first determined, at a time when a communication device starts a logical channel priority LCP process based on the first uplink authorized resource, or the communication device is based on the When the first uplink authorized resource starts to assemble the MAC data PDU of the protocol data, determining the type of the PH value carried in the transmitted PHR can improve the accuracy of determining the type of PH in the PHR, and further improve the accuracy of the PHR transmitted by the communication device.
应理解,本申请中上述第一上行授权资源,也可以称为第一上行授权(uplink grant,UL grant)。即,所述上行授权指示上行授权资源。后续可以将第一上行授权资源简称为第一UL grant,上行授权资源简称为UL grant。It should be understood that the foregoing first uplink grant resource in this application may also be referred to as a first uplink grant (UL grant). That is, the uplink grant indicates an uplink grant resource. In the following, the first uplink authorized resource may be referred to as a first UL grant and the uplink authorized resource may be referred to as a UL grant.
应理解,上述通信方法可以应用于单载波场景以及载波聚合场景下。It should be understood that the foregoing communication method can be applied in a single carrier scenario and a carrier aggregation scenario.
例如,应用于单载波场景下,当该小区支持PUCCH传输时,根据该方法确定PH值类型。For example, in a single-carrier scenario, when the cell supports PUCCH transmission, the PH type is determined according to this method.
还例如,应用于载波聚合场景下,根据该方法确定多个小区的PH值类型。For another example, in a carrier aggregation scenario, the PH value types of multiple cells are determined according to the method.
应理解,上述小区为处于激活状态的小区。It should be understood that the above cell is a cell in an activated state.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的一种实现方式中,所述通信设备在第一时刻确定所述PHR中携带的PH值类型包括:所述通信设备根据在所述第一时刻之前、且包括所述第一时刻的时间内,是否接收到用于调度UL grant下行控制信息DCI,和/或,所述通信设备根据在所述第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内,是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,在第一时刻确定PHR中携带的所述第一小区的PH值类型。With reference to the first aspect, in an implementation manner of the first aspect, the determining, by the communication device at a first moment, a type of PH value carried in the PHR includes: the communication device is based on before the first moment, and Including whether the DCI for scheduling UL grant downlink control information is received within the first moment of time, and / or, whether the communication device includes non-dynamics within the transmission time period where the first UL grant is located In the scheduled uplink transmission, the PH value type of the first cell carried in the PHR is determined at the first moment.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,以第一时刻之前、且包括所述第一时刻的时间内,是否收到下行控制信息,以及在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内,是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,作为确定PHR中携带的PH值类型的参考因素,能够提高确定PHR中携带的PH值类型的准确性。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, whether the downlink control information is received before the first time and including the time of the first time, and whether the transmission time period including the first UL grant includes non- The dynamically scheduled uplink transmission, as a reference factor for determining the type of PH value carried in the PHR, can improve the accuracy of determining the type of PH value carried in the PHR.
进一步地,上述下行控制信息为专门用于调度UL grant的下行控制信息;Further, the above downlink control information is downlink control information specifically used for scheduling UL grants;
可选地,在一些实施例中,上述在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,包括:上述在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否有数据在配置的上行资源上传输。Optionally, in some embodiments, whether the foregoing includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission in the transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located, including: whether there is data in the above configuration in the transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located Transmission on uplink resources.
进一步地,上述配置的上行资源(configured uplink grant)指的是提前配置好的周期性出现的上行资源,包括但不限于配置资源类型1configured grant Type1和配置资源类型2configured grant Type2,也可以称为免授权(grant free)资源或半静态调度(semi-persistent Scheduling,SPS)资源Further, the above-mentioned configured uplink resources (configured uplink grants) refer to periodically configured uplink resources that are configured in advance, including, but not limited to, configured resource type 1 configured grant type 1 and configured resource type 2 configured grant type 2 and can also be referred to as free Grant (free) resources or semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) resources
可选地,在另一些实施例中,上述在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,包括:上述在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否有信道探测参考信号SRS传输。Optionally, in other embodiments, whether the foregoing includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission in a transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located, including: whether there is channel detection in the transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located. Reference signal SRS transmission.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,上述在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,包括:上述在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否有物理上行控制信道PUCCH传输。Optionally, in other embodiments, whether the foregoing includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission in the transmission time period where the first UL grant is located, including: whether there is a physical uplink in the transmission time period where the first UL grant is located. Control channel PUCCH transmission.
另外所述非动态调度的上行传输,是指不是由网络设备下发DCI分配UL grant所进行的动态调度,包括但不限于上述所列举的上行传输方式。In addition, the non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission refers to dynamic scheduling that is not performed by a network device to issue a DCI allocation UL grant, and includes but is not limited to the above-mentioned uplink transmission methods.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述通信设备确定所述第一UL grant的大小能够容纳所述PHR的大小。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners thereof, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: the communication device determines that the size of the first UL grant can accommodate the size of the PHR.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使通信设备确定用于传输PHR的第一UL grant的大小能够容纳所述PHR的大小,能够提高传输PHR的准确性。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by enabling the communication device to determine the size of the first UL grant used to transmit the PHR to accommodate the size of the PHR, the accuracy of transmitting the PHR can be improved.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述通信设备接收指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述通信设备是否上报小区的Type2的PH,其中,所述小区为新空口NR基站下的支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners thereof, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: the communication device receives instruction information, and the instruction information is used to indicate whether the communication device reports a cell Type 2 PH, wherein the cell is a secondary cell PUCCH SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel under a new air interface NR base station.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使通信设备根据指示信息确定是否上报NR 基站下的PUCCH SCell的Type2的PH,能够避免通信设备上报NR基站下的PUCCH SCell的Type2的PH时出错。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by causing the communication device to determine whether to report the PH of the Type 2 of the PUCCH under the NR base station according to the instruction information, it is possible to prevent the communication device from reporting the PH of the Type 2 of the PUCCH under the NR base station to an error.
可选地,在一些实施例中,上述NR基站下的PUCCH SCell包括:当通信设备配置了新空口-长期演进双连接NR-LTE DC,或长期演进-新空口双连接LTE-NR DC时,所述NR基站下的PUCCH SCell。Optionally, in some embodiments, the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station includes: when the communication device is configured with a new air interface-long-term evolution dual connection NR-LTE DC, or a long-term evolution-new air interface dual connection LTE-NR DC. PUCCH and SCell under the NR base station.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,上述NR基站下的PUCCH SCell包括:当所述通信设备没有配置DC,或,所述通信设备配置了新空口-新空口双连接NR-NR DC时,所述NR基站下的PUCCH SCell。Optionally, in other embodiments, the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station includes: when the communication device is not configured with a DC, or the communication device is configured with a new air interface-new air interface dual connection NR-NR DC, PUCCH and SCell under the NR base station.
应理解,上述Type2的PH为支持PUCCH传输的小区的PH。It should be understood that the PH of Type 2 above is the PH of a cell supporting PUCCH transmission.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,所述指示信息包括:PH的类型信息和/或小区信息,其中,小区信息包括小区类型信息,和/或,小区为NR侧或LTE侧的小区指示信息。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners thereof, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the indication information includes: PH type information and / or cell information, where the cell information includes cell type information, and / or , The cell is the cell indication information of the NR side or the LTE side.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使指示信息包括PH的类型信息和/或小区信息,能够根据指示信息获取PH的类型信息和/或小区信息。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by making the indication information include type information of PH and / or cell information, it is possible to obtain type information and / or cell information of PH according to the indication information.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,PHR的格式包括:Type2的PH域,所述Type2的PH域用于上报所述小区,且不用于上报除所述小区之外的小区的Type2的PH。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the format of the PHR includes: a Type 2 PH field, where the Type 2 PH field is used to report the cell, and is not used to report PH of a Type 2 cell other than the cell.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过修改通信设备上报的PHR的格式,能够为当支持Type2的PH上报时预留信息传输的空间。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by modifying the format of the PHR reported by the communication device, it is possible to reserve space for information transmission when a Type 2 PH is reported.
应理解,当所述NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH的PH值类型为真实类型的时候,上述PHR格式中还可以包括上述Type2的PH域对应的P CMAX,f,c域;当所述NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH的PH值类型为虚拟类型的时候,上述PHR格式中可以不包括上述Type2的PH域对应的P CMAX,f,c域。 It should be understood that when the PH value type of the Type 2 PH of the PUCCH Scell under the NR base station is a real type, the PHR format may further include P CMAX, f, c fields corresponding to the Type 2 PH domains; when all When the PH type of the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH Scell under the NR base station is a virtual type, the PHR format may not include the P CMAX, f, c fields corresponding to the Type 2 PH domain.
还应理解,上述Type2的PH域用于上报NR基站下的PUCCH Scell,且不用于上报除NR基站下的PUCCH Scell之外的小区的Type2的PH,为将现有技术中的PHR格式中的,第一Type2的PH域可以上报NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH,或者上报非NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH修改为,只上报非NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH,并在PHR格式中增加上述的Type2的PH域仅仅用于上报NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH,不上报非NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH。It should also be understood that the Type 2 PH field described above is used to report the PUCCH Scell under the NR base station, and is not used to report the Type 2 PH of the cell other than the PUCCH Scell under the NR base station. The PH field of the first Type2 may report the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the NR base station, or the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the non-NR base station may be modified to only report the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the non-NR base station In addition, the above-mentioned Type 2 PH field is added to the PHR format only for reporting the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the NR base station, and does not report the Type 2 PH of the PUCCH and Scell of the non-NR base station.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述通信设备根据预设规则,生成所述PHR格式,其中,所述PHR格式中携带位图bitmap,所述bitmap用于指示所述PHR中携带的PH与多个激活的BWP的第一映射关系。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners thereof, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: the communication device generates the PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR format is Carry a bitmap bitmap, which is used to indicate a first mapping relationship between the PH carried in the PHR and a plurality of activated BWPs.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使通信设备上报的PHR格式中携带bitmap,该bitmap用于指示PHR中携带的PH与多个BWP的第一映射关系,能够完成基于BWP粒度上报PH。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, a bitmap is carried in a PHR format reported by a communication device, where the bitmap is used to indicate a first mapping relationship between a PH carried in the PHR and a plurality of BWPs, and PH reporting can be completed based on BWP granularity.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,所述bitmap还用于指示所述多个激活的BWP与至少一个小区的第二映射关系。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners of the first aspect, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使bitmap指示BWP所在的小区,能够将BWP与小区对应起来。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by causing a bitmap to indicate a cell where the BWP is located, it is possible to associate the BWP with the cell.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,所述方法还包括:当小区为特殊小区SpCell或者支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell,且所述小区上多个激活的BWP中至少一个BWP支持PUCCH传输时,所述第一映射关系包括:所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type2的PH的映射关系,以及多个激活的BWP与多个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系;当所述小区为除所述SpCell和所述PUCCH SCell之外的小区,且所述小区上有至少一个激活的BWP时,所述第一映射关系包括:所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: when the cell is a special cell SpCell or a secondary cell PUCCH SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel, and the cell When at least one BWP of multiple activated BWPs supports PUCCH transmission, the first mapping relationship includes: a mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type 2 PH, and multiple activated BWPs with multiple Type 1 or Type 3 Mapping relationship of PH; when the cell is a cell other than the SpCell and the PUCCH SCell, and there is at least one activated BWP on the cell, the first mapping relationship includes: the at least one Mapping relationship between BWP and at least one Type1 or Type3 PH.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,基于不同的小区,通信设备传输的PHR中,携带的不同类型的PH与不同的BWP相对应。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, based on different cells, different types of PH carried in the PHR transmitted by the communication device correspond to different BWPs.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:通信设备接收指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述通信设备是否上报小区的Type2的PH,其中,所述小区为新空口NR基站下的支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell。According to a second aspect, a communication method is provided, including: receiving, by a communication device, indication information that is used to indicate whether the communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a cell, where the cell is a new air interface The secondary cell PUCCH SCell supporting the physical uplink control channel under the NR base station.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使通信设备根据指示信息确定是否上报NR基站下的PUCCH SCell的Type2的PH,能够避免通信设备上报NR基站下的PUCCH SCell的Type2的PH时出错。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by causing the communication device to determine whether to report the PH of the Type 2 of the PUCCH under the NR base station according to the instruction information, it is possible to prevent the communication device from reporting an error of the type 2 of the PUCCH of the NR base station.
可选地,在一些实施例中,上述NR基站下的PUCCH SCell包括:当通信设备配置了新空口-长期演进双连接NR-LTE DC,或长期演进-新空口双连接LTE-NR DC时,所述NR基站下的PUCCH SCell。Optionally, in some embodiments, the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station includes: when the communication device is configured with a new air interface-long-term evolution dual connection NR-LTE DC, or a long-term evolution-new air interface dual connection LTE-NR DC. PUCCH and SCell under the NR base station.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,上述NR基站下的PUCCH SCell包括:当所述通信设备没有配置DC,或,所述通信设备配置了新空口-新空口双连接NR-NR DC时,所述NR基站下的PUCCH SCell。Optionally, in other embodiments, the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station includes: when the communication device is not configured with a DC, or the communication device is configured with a new air interface-new air interface dual connection NR-NR DC, PUCCH and SCell under the NR base station.
应理解,上述Type2的PH为支持PUCCH传输的小区的PH。It should be understood that the PH of Type 2 above is the PH of a cell supporting PUCCH transmission.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种实现方式中,所述指示信息包括:PH的类型信息和/或小区信息,其中,小区信息包括小区类型信息,和/或,小区为NR侧或LTE侧的小区指示信息。With reference to the second aspect, in an implementation manner of the second aspect, the indication information includes: PH type information and / or cell information, where the cell information includes cell type information, and / or, the cell is an NR side or Cell indication information on the LTE side.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使指示信息包括PH的类型信息和/或小区信息,能够根据指示信息获取PH的类型信息和/或小区信息。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by making the indication information include type information of PH and / or cell information, it is possible to obtain type information and / or cell information of PH according to the indication information.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的另一种实现方式中,PHR的格式包括:Type2的PH域,所述Type2的PH域用于上报所述小区,且不用于上报除所述小区之外的小区的Type2的PH。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manners thereof, in another implementation manner of the second aspect, the format of the PHR includes: a Type 2 PH field, where the Type 2 PH field is used to report the cell, and is not used to report PH of a Type 2 cell other than the cell.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过修改通信设备上报的PHR的格式,能够为当支持Type2的PH上报时预留信息传输的空间。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by modifying the format of the PHR reported by the communication device, it is possible to reserve space for information transmission when a Type 2 PH is reported.
应理解,当所述NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH的PH值类型为真实类型的时候,上述PHR格式中还可以包括上述Type2的PH域对应的P CMAX,f,c域;当所述NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH的PH值类型为虚拟类型的时候,上述PHR格式中可以不包括上述Type2的PH域对应的P CMAX,f,c域。 It should be understood that when the PH value type of the Type 2 PH of the PUCCH Scell under the NR base station is a real type, the PHR format may further include P CMAX, f, c fields corresponding to the Type 2 PH domains; when all When the PH type of the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH Scell under the NR base station is a virtual type, the PHR format may not include the P CMAX, f, c fields corresponding to the Type 2 PH domain.
还应理解,上述Type2的PH域用于上报NR基站下的PUCCH Scell,且不用于上报除NR基站下的PUCCH Scell之外的小区的Type2的PH,为将现有技术中的PHR格式中的,第一Type2的PH域可以上报NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH,或者上报 非NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH修改为,只上报非NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH,并在PHR格式中增加上述的Type2的PH域仅仅用于上报NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH,不上报非NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH。It should also be understood that the Type 2 PH field described above is used to report the PUCCH Scell under the NR base station, and is not used to report the Type 2 PH of the cell other than the PUCCH Scell under the NR base station. The PH field of the first Type2 may report the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the NR base station, or the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the non-NR base station may be modified to only report the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the non-NR base station. In addition, the above-mentioned Type 2 PH field is added to the PHR format only for reporting the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH and Scell under the NR base station, and does not report the Type 2 PH of the PUCCH and Scell of the non-NR base station.
第三方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:通信设备根据预设规则,生成功率余量报告PHR格式,其中,所述PHR中携带位图bitmap,所述bitmap用于指示所述PHR中携带的PH与多个激活的BWP的第一映射关系。According to a third aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a communication device generates a power headroom report PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR carries a bitmap bitmap, and the bitmap is used to indicate that the PHR carries The first mapping relationship between PH and multiple activated BWP.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使通信设备上报的PHR格式中携带bitmap,该bitmap用于指示PHR中携带的PH与多个BWP的第一映射关系,能够完成基于BWP粒度上报PH。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, a bitmap is carried in a PHR format reported by a communication device, where the bitmap is used to indicate a first mapping relationship between a PH carried in the PHR and a plurality of BWPs, and PH reporting can be completed based on BWP granularity.
具体的,所述第一映射关系可以用于指示bitmap里面的每个比特与BWP的映射关系,同时每个比特的值可以指示所对应的BWP是否处于激活状态。Specifically, the first mapping relationship may be used to indicate a mapping relationship between each bit in the bitmap and the BWP, and a value of each bit may indicate whether a corresponding BWP is in an activated state.
若BWP处于激活状态,则通信设备为处于激活状态的BWP上报相应的PH;若BWP处于非激活状态,则通信设备不为处于非激活状态的BWP上报PH。If the BWP is in the activated state, the communication device reports the corresponding PH for the activated BWP; if the BWP is in the inactive state, the communication device does not report the PH for the BWP in the inactive state.
作为示例:当上述bitmap的某个比特值为“1”的时候,代表对应的BWP处于激活状态;当bitmap的某个比特值为“0”的时候,代表对应的BWP处于非激活状态。As an example: when a bit value of the above bitmap is "1", it means that the corresponding BWP is in an active state; when a bit value of the bitmap is "0", it means that the corresponding BWP is in an inactive state.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的一种实现方式中,所述bitmap还用于指示所述多个激活的BWP与至少一个小区的第二映射关系。With reference to the third aspect, in an implementation manner of the third aspect, the bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell.
所述第二映射关系指每个小区与bitmap中的一个比特对应,具体的一个小区可以包含多个BWP,可以同时激活若干个BWP,当bitmap的某个比特指示该小区处于激活状态的时候,bitmap的其他比特进一步指示该小区内各个BWP的状态,来确定通信设备是否为该BWP上报PH。The second mapping relationship means that each cell corresponds to one bit in a bitmap. A specific cell may include multiple BWPs, and several BWPs may be activated simultaneously. When a bit of the bitmap indicates that the cell is in an activated state, The other bits of the bitmap further indicate the status of each BWP in the cell to determine whether the communication device reports the PH for the BWP.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使使bitmap指示BWP所在的小区,能够将BWP与小区对应起来。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by causing a bitmap to indicate a cell where the BWP is located, it is possible to associate the BWP with the cell.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式,在第三方面的另一种实现方式中,所述方法还包括:当小区为特殊小区SpCell或者支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell,且所述小区上多个激活的BWP中至少一个BWP支持PUCCH传输时,所述第一映射关系包括:所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type2的PH的映射关系,以及多个激活的BWP与多个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系;当所述小区为除所述SpCell和所述PUCCH SCell之外的小区,且所述小区上有至少一个激活的BWP时,所述第一映射关系包括:所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系。With reference to the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the third aspect, the method further includes: when the cell is a special cell SpCell or a secondary cell PUCCH SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel, and the cell When at least one BWP of multiple activated BWPs supports PUCCH transmission, the first mapping relationship includes: a mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type 2 PH, and multiple activated BWPs with multiple Type 1 or Type 3 Mapping relationship of PH; when the cell is a cell other than the SpCell and the PUCCH SCell, and there is at least one activated BWP on the cell, the first mapping relationship includes: the at least one Mapping relationship between BWP and at least one Type1 or Type3 PH.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,基于不同的小区,通信设备传输的PHR中,携带的不同类型的PH与不同的BWP相对应。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, based on different cells, different types of PH carried in the PHR transmitted by the communication device correspond to different BWPs.
第四方面,提供了一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:通信设备根据在第一时刻之前、并且包括所述第一时刻的时间内,是否接收到用于调度UL grant的下行控制信息DCI,和/或,所述通信设备根据在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内,是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,在第一时刻确定所述PHR中携带的PH值类型。According to a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided, including: whether the communication device receives downlink control information DCI for scheduling UL grant according to whether the communication device is before the first time and including the time of the first time. , And / or, the communication device determines, at a first moment, a type of a PH value carried in the PHR according to whether a non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission is included in a transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located.
其中,所述第一时刻可以是上述第一方面中的第一时刻;所述第一时刻还可以是现有技术中通信设备确定PHR中携带的PH值类型的时刻;所述第一时刻还可以是后续协议规定的通信设备确定PHR中携带的PH值类型的时刻,本实施例对第一时刻不做限制。The first time may be the first time in the first aspect described above; the first time may also be the time when the communication device determines the type of PH value carried in the PHR in the prior art; the first time is also It may be the time when the communication device specified in the subsequent protocol determines the type of the PH value carried in the PHR. This embodiment does not limit the first time.
所述第一UL grant可以是上述第一方面中的第一UL grant;所述第一UL grant还可以是现有技术中,通信设备用于传输PHR的UL grant;所述第一UL grant还可以是后续协议规定的通信设备用于传输PHR的UL grant,本实施例对第一UL grant不做限制。The first UL grant may be the first UL grant in the first aspect described above; the first UL grant may also be a UL grant that a communication device uses to transmit PHR in the prior art; the first UL grant also It may be a UL grant granted by a communication device for transmission of PHR in a subsequent protocol. This embodiment does not limit the first UL grant.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,以第一时刻之前、且包括所述第一时刻的时间内,是否收到下行控制信息,以及在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内,是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,作为确定PHR中携带的PH值类型的参考因素,能够提高确定PHR中携带的PH值类型的准确性。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, whether the downlink control information is received before the first time and including the time of the first time, and whether the transmission time period including the first UL grant includes non- The dynamically scheduled uplink transmission, as a reference factor for determining the type of PH value carried in the PHR, can improve the accuracy of determining the type of PH value carried in the PHR.
进一步地,上述下行控制信息为专门用于调度UL grant的下行控制信息;Further, the above downlink control information is downlink control information specifically used for scheduling UL grants;
可选地,在一些实施例中,上述在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,包括:上述在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否有数据在配置的上行资源上传输。Optionally, in some embodiments, whether the foregoing includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission in the transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located, including: whether there is data in the above configuration in the transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located Transmission on uplink resources.
进一步地,上述配置的上行资源(configured uplink grant)指的是提前配置好的周期性出现的上行资源,包括但不限于配置资源类型1configured grant Type1和配置资源类型2configured grant Type2,也可以称为免授权资源grant free和半静态调度SPS(semi-persistent Scheduling)资源Further, the above-mentioned configured uplink resources (configured uplink grants) refer to periodically configured uplink resources that are configured in advance, including, but not limited to, configured resource type 1 configured grant type 1 and configured resource type 2 configured grant type 2 and can also be referred to as free Grant resources free and semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) resources
可选地,在另一些实施例中,上述在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,包括:上述在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否有信道探测参考信号SRS传输。Optionally, in other embodiments, whether the foregoing includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission in a transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located, including: whether there is channel detection in the transmission time period in which the first UL grant is located. Reference signal SRS transmission.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,上述在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,包括:上述在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否有物理上行控制信道PUCCH传输。Optionally, in other embodiments, whether the foregoing includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission in the transmission time period where the first UL grant is located, including: whether there is a physical uplink in the transmission time period where the first UL grant is located. Control channel PUCCH transmission.
另外所述非动态调度的上行传输,是指不是由基站发DCI分配UL grant所进行的动态调度,包括但不限于上述所列举的上行传输方式。In addition, the non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission refers to the dynamic scheduling that is not performed by the base station to send a DCI to allocate a UL grant, including, but not limited to, the above-mentioned uplink transmission methods.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述通信设备确定所述第一UL grant的大小能够容纳所述PHR的大小。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners thereof, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: the communication device determines that the size of the first UL grant can accommodate the size of the PHR.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使通信设备确定用于传输PHR的第一UL grant的大小能够容纳所述PHR的大小,能够提高传输PHR的准确性。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by enabling the communication device to determine the size of the first UL grant used to transmit the PHR to accommodate the size of the PHR, the accuracy of transmitting the PHR can be improved.
第五方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:通信设备根据第一指示信息确定X的值,比较所述通信设备随机接入过程中Msg3消息中携带的MAC PDU中包含的公共控制信道的服务数据单元CCCH SDU的大小与X的值是否相等,确定所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中是否携带L域,其中,所述L域用于判断CCCH SDU的大小,所述X为正整数。According to a fifth aspect, a communication method is provided, which includes: a communication device determines a value of X according to the first instruction information, and compares a service of a common control channel included in a MAC PDU carried in an Msg3 message in a random access process of the communication device. Whether the size of the data unit CCCH SDU is equal to the value of X, determines whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries an L field, where the L field is used to determine the size of the CCCH SDU, and X is a positive integer .
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使通信设备根据第一指示信息确定X的值进一步通过比较CCCH SDU的大小与X值是否相等,来确定MAC子头中是否携带L域,能够根据CCCH SDU的大小与X值是否相等,去选择是否携带L域。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by causing the communication device to determine the value of X according to the first instruction information, it is further determined whether the MAC subheader carries the L field by comparing whether the size of the CCCH and the X value are equal to each other. If the size of the SDU is equal to the value of X, choose whether to carry the L field.
可选地,第一指示信息为通信设备接收到网络设备发送的第一指示信息。Optionally, the first instruction information is the first instruction information sent by the communication device and received by the network device.
可选地,第一指示信息为通信设备未接收到网络设备发送的第一指示信息。Optionally, the first instruction information is first instruction information that the communication device does not receive from the network device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的一种实现方式中,通信设备根据第一指示信息确定X的值包括:所述通信设备根据所述第一指示信息确定所述Msg3消息的最小上行授权资源UL grant的大小,根据所述最小UL grant的值确定所述X的值。With reference to the fifth aspect, in an implementation manner of the fifth aspect, determining the value of X by the communication device according to the first instruction information includes: determining, by the communication device, the minimum uplink authorized resource of the Msg3 message according to the first instruction information. The size of the UL grant is determined according to the value of the minimum UL grant.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述通信设备根据第一指示信息确定X的值为:Optionally, in some embodiments, the communication device determines the value of X according to the first instruction information:
当所述通信设备接收到第一指示信息时,所述通信设备确定X的值为64;When the communication device receives the first instruction information, the communication device determines that the value of X is 64;
当所述通信设备未接收到第一指示信息时,所述通信设备确定X的值为48;When the communication device does not receive the first indication information, the communication device determines that the value of X is 48;
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述通信设备根据第一指示信息确定X的值为:Optionally, in some embodiments, the communication device determines the value of X according to the first instruction information:
当所述通信设备接收到第一指示信息时,所述通信设备确定X的值为64;When the communication device receives the first instruction information, the communication device determines that the value of X is 64;
当所述通信设备未接收到第二指示信息时,所述通信设备确定X的值为48;When the communication device does not receive the second instruction information, the communication device determines that the value of X is 48;
可选地,在另一些实施例中,所述通信设备根据第一指示信息确定X的值为:Optionally, in other embodiments, the communication device determines the value of X according to the first instruction information:
当所述通信设备根据所述第一指示信息确定最小的UL grant的大小为56,则,X=54-8=48;When the communication device determines that the minimum UL grant size is 56 according to the first instruction information, then X = 54-8 = 48;
当所述通信设备根据所述第一指示信息确定最小的UL grant的大小为72,则,X=72-8=64。When the communication device determines that the minimum UL grant size is 72 according to the first instruction information, then X = 72-8 = 64.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使第一指示信息指示针对所述Msg3消息的最小上行授权UL grant的大小,通信设备能够根据第一指示信息确定最小上行授权UL grant的大小,进而确定X的值,根据CCCH SDU是否与X值相等确定所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中是否携带L域。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by making the first indication information indicate the size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant for the Msg3 message, the communication device can determine the size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant according to the first indication information, and then determine The value of X determines whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L field according to whether the CCCH SDU is equal to the value of X.
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式,在第五方面的另一种实现方式中,所述确定所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中是否携带L域包括:With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners thereof, in another implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the determining whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries an L domain includes:
所述通信设备根据所述最小上行授权UL grant的大小确定X的值,根据CCCH SDU是否与X值相等确定所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中是否携带L域。The communication device determines the value of X according to the size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant, and determines whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L domain according to whether the CCCH SDU is equal to the X value.
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式,在第五方面的另一种实现方式中,所述MAC PDU中包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述CCCH SDU的大小。With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners thereof, in another implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the MAC PDU includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate a size of the CCCH SDU.
第六方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:网络设备生成指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示通信设备是否上报小区的Type2的PH;所述网络设备向所述通信设备发送所述指示信息,其中,所述小区为新空口NR基站下的支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell。According to a sixth aspect, a communication method is provided, including: the network device generates instruction information, the instruction information is used to indicate whether the communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a cell; and the network device sends the instruction information to the communication device Wherein, the cell is a secondary cell PUCCH SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel under the new air interface NR base station.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使网络设备下发指示信息,指示通信设备是否上报NR基站下的PUCCH SCell的Type2的PH,能够避免通信设备上报NR基站下的PUCCH SCell的Type2的PH时出错。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by enabling the network device to issue instruction information to indicate whether the communication device reports the PH of the Type 2 of the PUCCH under the NR base station, it is possible to prevent the communication device from reporting the PH of the Type 2 of the PUCCH under the NR base station. An error occurred.
可选地,在一些实施例中,上述NR基站下的PUCCH SCell包括:当通信设备配置了新空口-长期演进双连接NR-LTE DC,或长期演进-新空口双连接LTE-NR DC时,所述NR基站下的PUCCH SCell。Optionally, in some embodiments, the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station includes: when the communication device is configured with a new air interface-long-term evolution dual connection NR-LTE DC, or a long-term evolution-new air interface dual connection LTE-NR DC. PUCCH and SCell under the NR base station.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,上述NR基站下的PUCCH SCell包括:当所述通信设备没有配置DC,或,所述通信设备配置了新空口-新空口双连接NR-NR DC时,所述NR基站下的PUCCH SCell。Optionally, in other embodiments, the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station includes: when the communication device is not configured with a DC, or the communication device is configured with a new air interface-new air interface dual connection NR-NR DC, PUCCH and SCell under the NR base station.
应理解,上述Type2的PH为支持PUCCH传输的小区的PH。It should be understood that the PH of Type 2 above is the PH of a cell supporting PUCCH transmission.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的一种实现方式中,所述指示信息包括:PH的类型信息和/或小区信息,其中,小区信息包括小区类型信息,和/或,小区为NR侧或LTE侧的小区指示信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in an implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the indication information includes: PH type information and / or cell information, where the cell information includes cell type information, and / or, the cell is an NR side or Cell indication information on the LTE side.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使网络设备下发的指示信息包括PH的类型 信息和/或小区信息,能够满足通信设备根据该指示信息获取PH的类型信息和/或小区信息。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by making the instruction information delivered by the network device include the type information and / or cell information of the PH, the communication device can obtain the type information and / or cell information of the PH according to the instruction information.
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式,在第六方面的另一种实现方式中,PHR的格式包括:Type2的PH域,所述Type2的PH域用于上报所述小区,且不用于上报除所述小区之外的小区的Type2的PH。With reference to the sixth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the format of the PHR includes: a Type 2 PH field, where the Type 2 PH field is used to report the cell, and is not used to report PH of a Type 2 cell other than the cell.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过修PHR的格式,能够为当支持Type2的PH上报时预留信息传输的空间。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by modifying the format of the PHR, it is possible to reserve space for information transmission when a Type 2 PH is reported.
第七方面,提供了一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:网络设备根据预设规则,解析PHR格式,其中,所述PHR格式中携带位图bitmap,所述bitmap用于指示所述PHR中携带的PH与多个激活的BWP的第一映射关系。According to a seventh aspect, a communication method is provided, including: parsing a PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR format carries a bitmap bitmap, and the bitmap is used to indicate the PHR format. A first mapping relationship between the carried PH and a plurality of activated BWPs.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使PHR格式中携带bitmap,该bitmap用于指示PHR中携带的PH与多个BWP的第一映射关系,能够完成基于BWP粒度解析得到PHR中的PH。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, a bitmap is carried in the PHR format, and the bitmap is used to indicate the first mapping relationship between the PH carried in the PHR and multiple BWPs, and the PH in the PHR can be obtained based on BWP granularity analysis.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的一种实现方式中,所述bitmap还用于指示所述多个激活的BWP与至少一个小区的第二映射关系。With reference to the seventh aspect, in an implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使bitmap指示BWP所在的小区,能够将BWP与小区对应起来。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by causing a bitmap to indicate a cell where the BWP is located, it is possible to associate the BWP with the cell.
结合第七方面及其上述实现方式,在第七方面的另一种实现方式中,所述方法还包括:当小区为特殊小区SpCell或者支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell,且所述小区上多个激活的BWP中至少一个BWP支持PUCCH传输时,所述第一映射关系包括:所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type2的PH的映射关系,以及所述多个激活的BWP与多个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系;当所述小区为除所述SpCell和所述PUCCH SCell之外的小区,且所述小区上有至少一个激活的BWP时,所述第一映射关系包括:所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系。With reference to the seventh aspect and the foregoing implementation manners thereof, in another implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the method further includes: when the cell is a special cell SpCell or a secondary cell PUCCH SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel, and the cell When at least one BWP of the multiple activated BWPs supports PUCCH transmission, the first mapping relationship includes a mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type 2 PH, and the multiple activated BWPs and multiple Type 1 Or Type3 PH mapping relationship; when the cell is a cell other than the SpCell and the PUCCH SCell, and there is at least one activated BWP on the cell, the first mapping relationship includes: the Mapping relationship between at least one BWP and at least one Type1 or Type3 PH.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,基于不同的小区,通信设备传输的PHR中,携带的不同类型的PH与不同的BWP相对应。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, based on different cells, different types of PH carried in the PHR transmitted by the communication device correspond to different BWPs.
第八方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:网络设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示X的值,所述X的值用于与通信设备随机接入过程中Msg3消息中携带的MAC PDU中包含的公共控制信道的服务数据单元CCCH SDU的大小进行比较;比较的结果是否相等用于确定所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中是否携带L域,其中,所述L域用于判断CCCH SDU的大小。According to an eighth aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a network device sends first instruction information, where the first instruction information is used to indicate a value of X, and the value of X is used for Msg3 in a random access process with a communication device The size of the service data unit CCCH and SDU of the common control channel contained in the MAC PDU carried in the message is compared; whether the comparison result is equal is used to determine whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L domain, where The L field is used to determine the size of the CCCH SDU.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使网络设备发送第一指示信息确定X的值,进一步通过比较CCCH SDU与X值是否相等,来确定MAC子头中是否携带L域,能够根据CCCH SDU的的大小与X值是否相等,大小去选择是否携带L域。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the network device sends the first indication information to determine the value of X, and further determines whether the MAC subheader carries the L field by comparing whether the CCCH SDU and the X value are equal. Whether the size of X is equal to the value of X, choose the size to carry the L field.
可选地,第一指示信息为网络设备发送的系统消息。Optionally, the first indication information is a system message sent by a network device.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还用于指示针对所述Msg3消息的最小上行授权UL grant的大小。With reference to the eighth aspect, in an implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first indication information is further used to indicate a size of a minimum uplink grant UL grant for the Msg3 message.
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过使第一指示信息指示针对所述Msg3消息的最小上行授权UL grant的大小,通信设备能够根据第一指示信息确定最小上行授权UL  grant的大小。According to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by making the first indication information indicate the size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant for the Msg3 message, the communication device can determine the size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant according to the first indication information.
结合第八方面及其上述实现方式,在第八方面的另一种实现方式中,所述指示所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中是否携带L域包括:With reference to the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the indicating whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries an L domain includes:
所述最小上行授权UL grant的大小确定X的值,根据CCCH SDU是否与X值相等确定所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中是否携带L域。The size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant determines the value of X, and determines whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L domain according to whether the CCCH SDU is equal to the value of X.
结合第八方面及其上述实现方式,在第八方面的另一种实现方式中,所述网络设备接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述CCCH SDU的大小。With reference to the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the network device receives fourth instruction information, and the fourth instruction information is used to indicate a size of the CCCH SDU.
第九方面,提供了一种通信设备,该通信设备可以用来执行第一方面至第四方面及第一方面至第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作。具体地,通信设备包括用于执行上述第一方面至第四方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第一方面至第五方面的通信设备。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。According to a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device can be used to perform operations of the communication device in any of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect to the fourth aspect and the first aspect to the fifth aspect. Specifically, the communication device includes means for performing steps or functions corresponding to the steps described in the first aspect to the fourth aspect, which may be the communication device of the first aspect to the fifth aspect. The steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第十方面,提供了一种网络设备,该网络设备可以用来执行第五方面和第六方面及第六方面至第八方面的任意可能的实现方式中的网络设备的操作。具体地,网络设备包括用于执行上述第六方面至第八方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第四方面至第八方面的网络设备。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In a tenth aspect, a network device is provided, and the network device may be used to perform operations of the network device in the fifth aspect and the sixth aspect, and any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect to the eighth aspect. Specifically, the network device includes means corresponding to the steps or functions described in the foregoing sixth aspect to the eighth aspect, which may be the network device of the fourth aspect to the eighth aspect. The steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括,处理器,存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该通信装置执行第一至第八方面中任一种可能实现方式中的通信方法。According to an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and a memory, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes the first to the first The communication method in any of the eight possible implementation manners.
可选地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
可选地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory is separately provided from the processor.
可选的,该通信装置还包括,发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。Optionally, the communication device further includes a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
第十二方面,提供了一种通信系统,所述系统包括上述通信设备以及网络设备。包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该通信系统执行第一至第八方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。According to a twelfth aspect, a communication system is provided. The system includes the foregoing communication device and a network device. Includes transceiver, processor, and memory. The processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication system executes any one of the first to eighth possible implementation manners Methods.
第十三方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一至第八方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。According to a thirteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes a computer program (also referred to as code or instructions), and when the computer program is executed, causes a computer to execute the first to the first steps described above. The method in any of the eight possible implementations.
第十四方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一至第八方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。According to a fourteenth aspect, a computer-readable medium is provided, where the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions), which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the first to the first The method in any of the eight possible implementations.
第十五方面,提供了一种芯片系统,包括存储器和处理器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片系统的通信装置执行上述第一至第八方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。According to a fifteenth aspect, a chip system is provided, including a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip system executes The method in any one of the foregoing first to eighth possible implementation manners.
本申请实施例的通信方法、通信设备、网络设备及通信系统,使通信设备在基于所述第一UL grant开始逻辑信道优先级LCP过程的时刻或者开始组装协议数据单元MAC PDU 的时刻,确定上报的PHR中的PH值类型,能够提高通信设备传输PHR的准确性。The communication method, communication device, network device, and communication system in the embodiments of the present application enable the communication device to determine the report at the time when the logical channel priority LCP process is started based on the first UL grant or when the protocol data unit MAC PDU is started to be assembled. The type of PH value in PHR can improve the accuracy of PHR transmitted by communication equipment.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1是能够适用本申请实施例通信方法的系统100的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system 100 capable of applying a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
图2是一种通信设备传输PHR的示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a communication device transmitting PHR.
图3是另一种通信设备传输PHR的示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of transmitting PHR by another communication device.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请实施例提供的时间窗示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a time window provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
图9是携带L域的MAC子头示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a MAC subheader carrying an L domain.
图10是不携带L域的MAC子头示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a MAC subheader that does not carry an L domain.
图11是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的一种结构示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的另一种结构示意图。FIG. 12 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的另一种结构示意图。FIG. 13 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图14是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的另一种结构示意图。FIG. 14 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图15是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的一种结构示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图16是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的另一种结构示意图。FIG. 16 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图17是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的另一种结构示意图。FIG. 17 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图18是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的另一种结构示意图。FIG. 18 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in this application will be described below with reference to the drawings.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在2个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms “component”, “module”, “system”, and the like used in this specification are used to indicate computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, a component may be, but is not limited to, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and / or a computer. By way of illustration, both an application running on a computing device and a computing device can be components. One or more components can reside within a process and / or thread of execution, and a component can be localized on one computer and / or distributed between 2 or more computers. In addition, these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. A component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (e.g., data from two components that interact with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and / or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate via local and / or remote processes.
应理解,本申请实施例可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、 全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced long term evolution,LTE-A)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)或下一代通信系统等,这里,下一代通信系统可以包括例如,第五代(fifth-generation,5G)通信系统或新空口(new radio,NR)等。It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example, a global mobile communication (GSM) system, a code division multiple access (CDMA) system, and a broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system, Advanced Long-term Evolution LTE-A) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), wireless local area networks (WLAN), wireless fidelity (WiFi), or next-generation communication systems, etc. Here, the following One Generation Pass The system may include, for example, a fifth-generation (fifth-generation, 5G) communication system or a new air interface (new radio, NR) and the like.
通常来说,传统的通信系统支持的连接数有限,也易于实现,然而,随着通信技术的发展,移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信,还将支持例如,设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),以及车辆间(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)通信。Generally speaking, traditional communication systems support a limited number of connections and are easy to implement. However, with the development of communication technology, mobile communication systems will not only support traditional communication, but also support device-to-device (device-to-device, D2D) communication, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), and vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication.
本申请实施例结合通信设备描述了各个实施例,其中:The embodiments of the present application describe various embodiments in combination with a communication device, where:
本申请中的通信设备可以是终端设备。终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备可以是WLAN中的站点(staion,ST),可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及下一代通信系统,例如,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络中的终端设备等。The communication device in this application may be a terminal device. Terminal equipment can also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user Agent or user device. The terminal device can be a station (staion, ST) in the WLAN, a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, and personal digital processing (personal digital assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, and next-generation communication systems, such as terminal devices in 5G networks or Terminal equipment and the like in a future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) network.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该通信设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。By way of example and not limitation, in the embodiments of the present application, the communication device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which are the general name for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a device that is worn directly on the body or is integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broad-spectrum wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, full or partial functions that do not rely on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on certain types of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical signs monitoring.
此外,在本申请实施例中,通信设备还可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the communication device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (IoT) system. The IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to pass items through communication technology. It is connected to the network, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and internet of things.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该网络设备可以是基站(base station,BS),而基站可能有多种形式,比如宏基站、微基站、中继站和接入点等。By way of example and not limitation, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device may be a base station (BS), and the base station may have various forms, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay station, and an access point.
示例性地,本申请实施例涉及到的基站可以是NR中的基站,其中,NR中的基站还可以称为发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)或gNB,也可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA系统中的节点B(Node B,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型节点B(evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是未来5G网络中的下一代节点B(next generation Node B,gNB)。Exemplarily, the base station involved in this embodiment of the present application may be a base station in NR, where the base station in NR may also be referred to as a transmission and reception point (TRP) or gNB, and may also be a GSM or CDMA The base transceiver station (BTS) can also be a Node B (NB) in a WCDMA system, or an evolutionary Node B (eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system. It is the next generation Node B (gNB) in the future 5G network.
本申请实施例涉及到的网络设备也可以包括一种部署在无线接入网中能够和终端进 行无线通信的设备。The network device involved in the embodiment of the present application may also include a device that is deployed in a wireless access network and can perform wireless communication with a terminal.
例如,可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的网络设备等。例如,演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、网络设备控制器(base station controller,BSC)、网络设备收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭网络设备(例如,home evolved NodeB,或Home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)等。本申请实施例中,实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备,也可以是支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片、电路或者其它装置。本申请实施例中,以实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。For example, it may be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device may be a relay station, an access point, a network device in a future 5G network, or a public land mobile that is evolving in the future. Network equipment in a public network (PLMN). For example, evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (NB), network equipment controller (BSC), network equipment transceiver Base station (BTS), home network equipment (eg, Home NodeB, or Home NodeB, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), and so on. In the embodiment of the present application, the device that implements the function of the network device may be a network device, or may be a device that supports the network device to implement the function, such as a chip, a circuit, or other device. In the embodiment of the present application, the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device that implements the functions of the network device as a network device as an example.
另外,在本申请实施例中,网络设备为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信,该小区可以是网络设备(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, a network device provides services for a cell, and a terminal device communicates with the network device through a transmission resource (for example, a frequency domain resource or a spectrum resource) used by the cell, and the cell may be a network device (For example, a base station) The corresponding cell. The cell can belong to a macro base station or a small cell. The small cell here can include: urban cell, micro cell, and pico cell. (pico cell), femto cell (femto cell), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-rate data transmission services.
此外,LTE系统或5G系统中的载波上可以同时有多个小区同频工作,在某些特殊场景下,也可以认为上述载波与小区的概念等同。例如,在载波聚合(carrier aggregation,CA)场景下,当为UE配置辅载波时,会同时携带辅载波的载波索引和工作在该辅载波的辅小区的小区标识(cell indentify,Cell ID),在这种情况下,可以认为载波与小区的概念等同,比如UE接入一个载波和接入一个小区是等同的。In addition, multiple carriers on the carrier in the LTE system or 5G system can work on the same frequency at the same time. In some special scenarios, the above carrier and cell concepts can be considered equivalent. For example, in a carrier aggregation (CA) scenario, when a secondary carrier is configured for a UE, the carrier index of the secondary carrier and the cell ID (cell ID) of the secondary cell operating on the secondary carrier are carried at the same time. In this case, the concept of a carrier and a cell can be considered to be equivalent. For example, a UE accessing a carrier and accessing a cell are equivalent.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是通信设备或网络设备,或者,是通信设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. This hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and a memory (also called main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a windows operating system. This application layer contains applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. In addition, the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the application can be run to provide the program according to the embodiment of the application. The communication may be performed by using the method. For example, the method execution subject provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a communication device or a network device, or a function module in the communication device or the network device that can call a program and execute the program.
此外,本申请实施例的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介 质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the embodiments of the present application may be implemented as a method, an apparatus, or an article of manufacture using standard programming and / or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (eg, hard disks, floppy disks, or magnetic tapes, etc.), optical disks (eg, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (DVDs) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, the various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and / or other machine-readable media used to store information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and / or carrying instruction (s) and / or data.
图1是能够适用本申请实施例通信方法的系统100的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system 100 capable of applying a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
如图1所示,该无线通信系统100可以包括一个或多个网络设备,例如,图1所示的网络设备#1 111、网络设备#2 112、网络设备#3 113;该无线通信系统100还可以包括一个或多个通信设备,例如,图1所示的通信设备121。As shown in FIG. 1, the wireless communication system 100 may include one or more network devices, for example, network device # 1, network device # 2, 112, and network device # 3 shown in FIG. 1; the wireless communication system 100 It may also include one or more communication devices, for example, the communication device 121 shown in FIG. 1.
该无线通信系统100也可支持CoMP传输,即,多个小区或多个网络设备可以协同参与一个通信设备的数据传输或者联合接收一个通信设备发送的数据,或者多个小区或多个网络设备进行协作调度或者协作波束成型。其中,该多个小区可以属于相同的网络设备或者不同的网络设备,并且可以根据信道增益或路径损耗、接收信号强度、接收信号指令等来选择。The wireless communication system 100 can also support CoMP transmission, that is, multiple cells or multiple network devices can cooperatively participate in data transmission of a communication device or jointly receive data sent by a communication device, or multiple cells or multiple network devices can perform Cooperative scheduling or cooperative beamforming. The multiple cells may belong to the same network device or different network devices, and may be selected according to channel gain or path loss, received signal strength, received signal instruction, and the like.
可选地,图1示出的通信系统100中,网络设备#1至网络设备#3中的一个(例如网络设备#1)可以为服务网络设备,服务网络设备可以是指通过无线空口协议为通信设备提供无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)连接、非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)移动性管理和安全性输入中至少一项服务的网络设备。可选地,网络设备#2和网络设备#3可以为协作网络设备。服务网络设备可以向通信设备发送控制信令,协作网络设备可以向通信设备发送数据;或者,服务网络设备可以向通信设备发送控制信令,服务网络设备和协作网络设备可以向通信设备发送数据;或者,服务网络设备和协作网络设备均可以向通信设备发送控制信令,并且服务网络设备和协作网络设备均可以向通信设备发送数据;或者,协作网络设备可以向通信设备发送控制信令,服务网络设备和协作网络设备中的至少一个可以向通信设备发送数据;或者,协作网络设备可以向通信设备发送控制信令和数据。本申请实施例对此并未特别限定。Optionally, in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1, one of the network device # 1 to the network device # 3 (for example, the network device # 1) may be a serving network device, and the serving network device may refer to a wireless air interface protocol as The communication device is a network device that provides at least one of radio resource control (RRC) connection, non-access stratum (NAS) mobility management, and security input services. Optionally, network device # 2 and network device # 3 may be cooperative network devices. The serving network device may send control signaling to the communication device, and the cooperative network device may send data to the communication device; or, the serving network device may send control signaling to the communication device, and the serving network device and the cooperative network device may send data to the communication device; Or, both the serving network device and the cooperative network device can send control signaling to the communication device, and both the serving network device and the cooperative network device can send data to the communication device; or, the cooperative network device can send control signaling to the communication device and service At least one of the network device and the cooperative network device may send data to the communication device; or, the cooperative network device may send control signaling and data to the communication device. This embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
应理解,图1中仅为便于理解,示意性地示出了网络设备#1至网络设备#3和通信设备,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定,该无线通信系统中还可以包括更多或更少数量的网络设备,也可以包括更多数量的通信设备,与不同的通信设备通信的网络设备可以是相同的网络设备,也可以是不同的网络设备,与不同的通信设备通信的网络设备的数量可以相同,也可以不同,本申请对此不做限定。It should be understood that FIG. 1 is only for easy understanding, and schematically illustrates network device # 1 to network device # 3 and communication device, but this should not constitute any limitation to this application, and the wireless communication system may include more Or a smaller number of network devices, or a larger number of communication devices, the network devices communicating with different communication devices can be the same network device, or different network devices, and the network communicating with different communication devices The number of devices may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application.
下面,以网络设备#1 111和通信设备121为例简单说明,网络设备与通信设备之间的通信。In the following, the network device # 1 and the communication device 121 are taken as an example to briefly explain the communication between the network device and the communication device.
网络设备#1 111可包括1个天线或多个天线。另外,网络设备#1 111可附加地包括发射机链和接收机链,本领域普通技术人员可以理解,它们均可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器、解复用器或天线等)。Network device # 1111 may include 1 antenna or multiple antennas. In addition, the network device # 1 may additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain. Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that each of them can include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (such as a processor, a modulator, Router, demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.).
网络设备#1 111可以与多个通信设备通信。通信设备121可以是例如蜂窝电话、智能电话、便携式电脑、手持通信设备、手持计算设备、卫星无线电装置、全球定位系统、PDA和/或用于在无线通信系统100上通信的任意其它适合设备。Network device # 1 can communicate with multiple communication devices. The communication device 121 may be, for example, a cellular phone, a smart phone, a portable computer, a handheld communication device, a handheld computing device, a satellite radio, a global positioning system, a PDA, and / or any other suitable device for communicating on the wireless communication system 100.
如图1所示,通信设备121与网络设备#1 111通信,其中,网络设备#1 111通过前向链路(也称为下行链路)向通信设备121发送信息,并通过反向链路(也称为上行链路)网络设备#1 111从通信设备121接收信息。As shown in FIG. 1, the communication device 121 communicates with the network device # 1, where the network device # 1 111 sends information to the communication device 121 through a forward link (also referred to as a downlink), and through a reverse link (Also called uplink) Network device # 1 receives information from communication device 121.
例如,在频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统中,例如,前向链路与反向链路使用不同的频带。For example, in a frequency division duplex (FDD) system, for example, the forward link and the reverse link use different frequency bands.
再例如,在时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统和全双工(full duplex)系统中,前向链路和反向链路可使用共同频带。As another example, in a time division duplex (TDD) system and a full duplex system, the forward link and the reverse link may use a common frequency band.
被设计用于通信的每个天线(或者由多个天线组成的天线组)和/或区域称为网络设备#1 111的扇区。Each antenna (or antenna group consisting of multiple antennas) and / or area designed for communication is called a sector of network device # 1 111.
例如,可将天线组设计为与网络设备#1 111覆盖区域的扇区中的通信设备通信。网络设备#1 111可以通过单个天线或多天线发射分集向其对应的扇区内所有的通信设备发送信号。在网络设备#1 111通过前向链路与通信设备121进行通信的过程中,网络设备#1 111的发射天线也可利用波束成形来改善前向链路的信噪比。For example, the antenna group may be designed to communicate with a communication device in a sector covered by the network device # 1 111. Network device # 1 can send signals to all communication devices in its corresponding sector through a single antenna or multiple antenna transmit diversity. During the communication between the network device # 1 and the communication device 121 through the forward link, the transmitting antenna of the network device # 1 can also use beamforming to improve the signal-to-noise ratio of the forward link.
此外,与网络设备#1 111通过单个天线或多天线发射分集向它所有的通信设备发送信号的方式相比,在网络设备#1 111利用波束成形向相关覆盖区域中随机分散的通信设备121发送信号时,相邻小区中的移动设备会受到较少的干扰。In addition, compared to the way in which network device # 1 sends signals to all its communication devices through a single antenna or multiple antenna transmit diversity, network device # 1 uses beamforming to send randomly scattered communication devices 121 in the relevant coverage area. When signalling, mobile devices in adjacent cells experience less interference.
在给定时间,网络设备#1 111、通信设备121可以是无线通信发送装置和/或无线通信接收装置。当发送数据时,无线通信发送装置可对数据进行编码以用于传输。具体地,无线通信发送装置可获取(例如生成、从其它通信装置接收、或在存储器中保存等)要通过信道发送至无线通信接收装置的一定数目的数据比特。这种数据比特可包含在数据的传输块(或多个传输块)中,传输块可被分段以产生多个码块。At a given time, the network device # 1 and the communication device 121 may be a wireless communication transmitting device and / or a wireless communication receiving device. When transmitting data, the wireless communication transmitting device may encode the data for transmission. Specifically, the wireless communication transmitting device may obtain (for example, generate, receive from another communication device, or save in a memory, etc.) a certain number of data bits to be transmitted to the wireless communication receiving device through a channel. Such data bits may be contained in a transport block (or transport blocks) of data, which may be segmented to generate a plurality of code blocks.
此外,该通信系统100可以是PLMN网络、D2D网络、M2M网络、IoT网络或者其他网络,图1只是举例的简化示意图,网络中还可以包括其他网络设备或通信设备,图1中未予以画出。In addition, the communication system 100 may be a PLMN network, a D2D network, an M2M network, an IoT network, or other networks. FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram of an example. The network may also include other network devices or communication devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1. .
为了便于理解本申请记载的技术方案,首先简单介绍本申请实施例中会涉及到的、现有技术中的功率余量报告(power headroom report,PHR)、功率余量(power headroom,PH)类型、PH值类型、上行调度(uplink grant,UL grant)类型以及部分带宽(bandwidth part,BWP)等基本概念。In order to facilitate the understanding of the technical solutions described in this application, first, the power headroom report (PHR) and power headroom (PH) types in the prior art that will be involved in the embodiments of the present application are briefly introduced. , PH value type, uplink grant (UL grant) type, and partial bandwidth (bandwidth part (BWP)) and other basic concepts.
应理解,上述的PH类型和PH值类型是不同的概念。PH类型指的是根据小区支持不同的传输分为不同的PH类型,而PH值类型是针对PH值不同分为不同的PH值类型。It should be understood that the above-mentioned PH types and PH value types are different concepts. The PH type refers to different PH types according to different transmissions supported by the cell, and the PH type is divided into different PH types for different PH values.
功率余量报告:Power headroom report:
PHR是通信设备将该通信设备的最大发射功率与估计的通信设备的上行传输功率之差,上报给网络设备。The PHR is the difference between the maximum transmission power of the communication device and the estimated uplink transmission power of the communication device to the network device.
应理解,通信设备上报的功率余量信息,能够为网络设备对通信设备进行上行调度时提供重要的参考。It should be understood that the power headroom information reported by the communication device can provide an important reference for the network device to perform uplink scheduling on the communication device.
网络设备可以根据通信设备上报的PHR,获得通信设备的剩余功率信息。从而网络设备决定为通信设备调度无线资源。The network device can obtain the remaining power information of the communication device according to the PHR reported by the communication device. Thus, the network device decides to schedule wireless resources for the communication device.
例如,网络设备根据通信设备上报的PHR,获知通信设备的剩余功率比较多时,网络设备可以为通信设备调度较多的频率资源进行较多的数据传输;For example, when the network device learns that the remaining power of the communication device is relatively large according to the PHR reported by the communication device, the network device can schedule more frequency resources for the communication device for more data transmission;
或者,网络设备根据通信设备上报的PHR,获知通信设备的剩余功率较少或者已经不 够时,网络设备可以为通信设备调度比较少的频率资源进行较少的数据传输。Alternatively, according to the PHR reported by the communication device, the network device learns that when the remaining power of the communication device is low or insufficient, the network device can schedule fewer frequency resources for the communication device for less data transmission.
如上所述,通信设备传输PHR可以一定程度地避免出现通信设备最大发射功率不够的现象;As described above, the transmission of PHR by communication equipment can avoid the phenomenon that the maximum transmission power of the communication equipment is insufficient;
或者,通信设备传输PHR可以一定程度地避免出现通信设备最大发射功率剩余的现象。Or, the transmission of PHR by the communication equipment can avoid the phenomenon that the maximum transmission power of the communication equipment remains to a certain extent.
功率余量类型:Power headroom type:
在载波聚合中,通信设备的功率余量报告是针对每个小区分别计算和上报的。In carrier aggregation, the power headroom report of a communication device is calculated and reported separately for each cell.
并且,功率余量包括以下三种不同类型。And, the power headroom includes the following three different types.
第一种类型(Type1)的功率余量:是针对只支持物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)传输的情况;The first type (Type1) power headroom is for the case where only physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission is supported;
第二种类型(Type2)的功率余量:是针对支持物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)和PUSCH传输的情况;The second type (Type 2) power headroom is for the case of supporting physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) and PUSCH transmission;
第三种类型(Type3)的功率余量:是针对只支持信道探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)传输的情况。The third type (Type3) power headroom is for the case where only channel sounding reference signal (SRS) transmission is supported.
应理解,在载波聚合中,通信设备传输PHR时。该PHR中包括的PH值信息,为该载波聚合中激活的所有小区的PH值信息,且当该载波聚合中激活的小区为多个时,通信设备在一个激活的小区上,同时上报该多个激活的小区的PH值信息。It should be understood that, in carrier aggregation, when a communication device transmits a PHR. The PH value information included in the PHR is the PH value information of all the cells activated in the carrier aggregation, and when there are multiple activated cells in the carrier aggregation, the communication device reports on the activated cell at the same time. PH value information of an activated cell.
根据上面的介绍,PH可以分为三种类型。According to the introduction above, PH can be divided into three types.
其中,上述Type2的PH,是针对既支持进行PUCCH传输又支持进行PUSCH传输的小区上报的;或者,三种类型的PH中Type2的PH为支持进行PUCCH传输的小区上报的。The Type 2 PH is reported for a cell that supports both PUCCH transmission and PUSCH transmission; or, the Type 2 PH of the three types of PH is reported for a cell that supports PUCCH transmission.
根据通信技术的发展,可以同时支持PUCCH和PUSCH传输的小区有两种:According to the development of communication technology, there are two types of cells that can support both PUCCH and PUSCH transmission:
一种是特殊小区(special cell,SpCell),该SpCell分为主基站的主小区(primary cell,PCell)以及辅基站的主小区(primary secondary cell,PSCell)。One type is a special cell (SpCell), which is divided into a primary cell (PCell) of a primary base station and a primary cell (PSCell) of a secondary base station.
另一种是支持PUCCH传输的辅小区(secondary cell,SCell)。The other is a secondary cell (SCell) that supports PUCCH transmission.
目前在NR中,不管是什么样的小区。即,即使是上述SpCell或PUCCH SCell。都不允许通信设备上报Type2的PH。Currently in NR, no matter what kind of cell. That is, even the above-mentioned SpCell or PUCCH and SCell. No communication device is allowed to report Type 2 PH.
因为,在NR协议的第一个版本中,认为支持通信设备上报Type2的PH没有必要,以及考虑到协议的复杂度,禁止通信设备上报Type2的PH。Because in the first version of the NR protocol, it is not necessary to support communication equipment to report Type 2 PH, and considering the complexity of the protocol, communication equipment is prohibited from reporting Type 2 PH.
应理解,NR协议中只是不允许通信设备上报Type2的PH,但是通信设备上报Type2的PH的上报的过程还是保留在协议中的。这是为了前向兼容性,即为了后面版本考虑,标准协议里面保留了通信设备为NR基站下的PUCCH SCell小区上报Type2的PH的流程和格式。It should be understood that, in the NR protocol, the communication device is not allowed to report the Type 2 PH, but the process of reporting the Type 2 PH by the communication device is still retained in the protocol. This is for forward compatibility, that is, for the consideration of later versions, the standard protocol retains the procedure and format for the communication device to report the Type 2 PH in the PUCCH SCell cell under the NR base station.
还应理解,上述协议中保留了通信设备为NR基站下的PUCCH SCell小区上报Type2的PH的流程和格式会产生一些问题。It should also be understood that the process and format of the Type 2 PH reported by the communication device for the PUCCH SCell cell under the NR base station in the above protocol will cause some problems.
例如,如果通信设备按照现在协议标准执行上报Type2的PH的流程和格式,但是上报的时候需要获取一些必要的上报信息,而在不允许通信设备上报Type2的PH的情况下,通信设备获取上报信息会发生错误。For example, if a communication device executes the process and format of reporting a Type 2 PH according to the current protocol standard, but needs to obtain some necessary reporting information when reporting, and if the communication device is not allowed to report the Type 2 PH, the communication device obtains the reporting information An error will occur.
另外,进一步地,PHR里面携带的PH值类型分两种:In addition, there are two types of PH values carried in PHR:
真实类型(real):PH值基于真实的传输上报;Real type (real): PH value is reported based on real transmission;
虚拟类型(virtue):没有实际的传输,基于参考格式上报,当PH值为虚拟类型的时候,PHR格式中不包含相应的P CMAX,f,c域。 Virtual type (virtue): There is no actual transmission. It is reported based on the reference format. When the PH value is a virtual type, the corresponding P CMAX, f, c fields are not included in the PHR format.
下面结合图2介绍载波聚合下,通信设备传输PHR的流程。The following describes the process of transmitting PHR by a communication device under carrier aggregation with reference to FIG. 2.
图2是一种通信设备传输PHR的示意图。图2中包括小区1、小区2、上行调度1、PHR触发以及DCI1。其中,小区1和小区2为载波聚合中不同的小区。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a communication device transmitting PHR. Figure 2 includes cell 1, cell 2, uplink scheduling 1, PHR trigger, and DCI1. Among them, cell 1 and cell 2 are different cells in carrier aggregation.
从图2中可以看出,在通信设备的PHR被触发以后,通信设备传输PHR的过程,将在小区1上的上行调度1(UL grant1)上进行。而通信设备的PHR内不仅要包含小区1的PH值,也要包含小区2的PH值。It can be seen from FIG. 2 that after the PHR of the communication device is triggered, the process of transmitting the PHR by the communication device will be performed on the uplink scheduling 1 (UL grant 1) on the cell 1. The PHR of the communication device must include not only the PH value of cell 1 but also the PH value of cell 2.
此时,如果小区2在通信设备传输PHR的时间段内,也有上行传输,那么小区2的PH值类型为上述真实类型;如果小区2在通信设备传输PHR的时间段内,没有上行传输,那么小区2的PH值类型为虚拟类型。At this time, if cell 2 also has uplink transmission during the time period when the communication equipment transmits PHR, then the type of PH value of cell 2 is the above-mentioned true type; if cell 2 does not have uplink transmission during the time period of communication equipment transmitting PHR, then The PH type of cell 2 is a virtual type.
图2中DCI1是用于指示通信设备UL grant1位置的下行控制信息,从通信设备收到该DCI的时刻,到通信设备可以使用UL Grant1资源的时刻,通信设备需要一段时间进行处理。DCI1 in FIG. 2 is downlink control information for indicating the location of the communication device UL grant1. From the time when the communication device receives the DCI to the time when the communication device can use the UL Grant1 resource, the communication device needs a period of time to process.
应理解,上述DCI1下发的时刻,可以是在PHR触发之前,也可以是在PHR出发之后,本申请对此并不限定。It should be understood that the moment when the above-mentioned DCI1 is issued may be before the PHR is triggered or after the PHR is started, which is not limited in this application.
还应理解,上述通信设备可以使用UL Grant1资源的时刻指的是通信设备传输PHR的起始时刻。It should also be understood that the time when the communication device can use the UL Grant1 resource refers to the start time of the communication device transmitting PHR.
还应理解,上述通信设备需要一段时间进行处理包括通信设备处理DCI1,即对DCI进行解析,以及通信设备确定传输PHR的内容。It should also be understood that the communication device needs a period of time to process, including the communication device processing DCI1, that is, parsing the DCI, and the communication device determining to transmit the content of the PHR.
在NR中,通信设备在不同小区上的处理时间可以不一样,所以可能出现以下情况:In NR, the processing time of communication equipment on different cells can be different, so the following situations may occur:
1、通信设备在小区1上收到DCI1的时候,小区2在通信设备的PHR发送时间段内还没有UL grant。那么通信设备根据DCI1收到时刻来判断小区2的PH值类型,应该是在通信设备上报的PHR里面针对小区2上报的PH值类型为虚拟类型;1. When the communication device receives DCI1 on cell 1, cell 2 does not have a UL grant within the PHR transmission period of the communication device. Then the communication device judges the type of the PH value of the cell 2 according to the receiving time of the DCI1. The type of the PH value reported for the cell 2 in the PHR reported by the communication device is a virtual type;
2、通信设备在小区1上收到DCI1的之后,以及通信设备在PHR传输时刻之前。通信设备在小区2上收到了DCI2,而DCI2指示的UL Grant2和通信设备传输PHR的传输时刻重叠。2. After the communication device receives DCI1 on cell 1, and before the PHR transmission time. The communication device received DCI2 on the cell 2, and the transmission time of the UL Grant2 indicated by the DCI2 and the transmission time of the PHR of the communication device overlap.
如图3所示,图3是另一种通信设备传输PHR的示意图。那么通信设备上报的PHR中针对小区2的PH值类型就应该是真实类型。As shown in FIG. 3, FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of transmitting PHR by another communication device. Then the type of PH value for cell 2 in the PHR reported by the communication device should be the real type.
因此,在上述图2和图3所示的通信设备传输PHR的过程中。通信设备按照DCI1的接收时刻去判断通信设备上报的PHR中,针对小区2的PH值类型是真实的类型还是虚拟的类型并不准确。Therefore, in the process of transmitting the PHR by the communication device shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 described above. The communication device judges whether the type of the PH value for the cell 2 in the PHR reported by the communication device according to the receiving time of the DCI1 is not accurate.
进一步地,通信设备需要明确地规定,确定小区2的PH值类型的依据,以及确定小区2的PH值类型的确定时刻。从而来决定通信设备传输PHR时候应为小区2上报虚拟的还是真实的PH值类型。Further, the communication device needs to clearly specify a basis for determining the PH value type of the cell 2 and a determination time for determining the PH value type of the cell 2. Therefore, it is determined whether the communication device should report the virtual or real PH type for cell 2 when transmitting PHR.
应理解,上述UL Grant1资源持续一个时间段,通信设备需要在该时间段内传输PHR所在的MAC PDU。It should be understood that the above-mentioned UL Grant1 resource lasts for a period of time, and the communication device needs to transmit the MAC PDU where the PHR is located within this period of time.
上行调度(uplink grant,UL grant)类型:Uplink scheduling (UL grant) type:
动态调度:网络设备首先向通信设备发送下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),该DCI用于指示通信设备实际上行调度的使用时间和位置,则,通信设备在到了DCI指示的上行调度的使用时间使用UL grant进行上行发送信息。在动态调度上进行的传输,可以称为动态上行传输;不在动态调度上进行的传输,称为非动态上行传输。Dynamic scheduling: The network device first sends downlink control information (DCI) to the communication device. The DCI is used to indicate when and where the communication device actually schedules. Then, the communication device uses the uplink scheduling indicated by the DCI. Time to send information using UL grant. Transmissions performed on dynamic scheduling may be referred to as dynamic uplink transmissions; transmissions not performed on dynamic scheduling are referred to as non-dynamic uplink transmissions.
配置调度(configured grant):网络设备提前指示通信设备,UL grant的起始时间和UL grant按照一定的周期反复出现。则,通信设备可以在UL grant周期性出现的时间使用UL grant。在此UL grant类型下网络设备不需要,根据每个UL grant都发送DCI指示通信设备每个UL grant的使用时间和位置。Configured scheduling (configured grant): The network equipment instructs the communication equipment in advance, and the UL grant start time and UL grant repeatedly appear in a certain cycle. Then, the communication device can use the UL grant at the time when the UL grant occurs periodically. In this UL grant type, network equipment is not needed, and according to each UL grant, DCI is sent to indicate the use time and location of each UL grant by the communication device.
部分带宽(bandwidth part,BWP):Partial bandwidth (BWP):
部分带宽的概念是在新空口(new radio,NR)中引入的,每个小区可以包括多个BWP。但是在同一个时刻,一个通信设备在每个小区只能激活并使用一个BWP。The concept of partial bandwidth is introduced in a new air interface (new radio, NR), and each cell can include multiple BWPs. However, at the same time, a communication device can only activate and use one BWP in each cell.
由于目前在一个小区上只能激活一个BWP,所以通信设备传输PHR仍然是基于小区进行上报(每个小区上报一个PH值)。Since only one BWP can be activated in a cell at present, the transmission of PHR by a communication device is still reported based on the cell (each cell reports a PH value).
但是,后面协议可能会支持在一个小区上激活多个BWP的情况,那么通信设备传输PHR时需要考虑基于BWP粒度进行上报的方案。However, the latter protocol may support the case where multiple BWPs are activated in a cell, then the communication device needs to consider a scheme of reporting based on the BWP granularity when transmitting PHR.
为了解决上述问题,本申请提出一种通信方法,能够提高通信设备传输PHR的准确性。In order to solve the above problems, this application proposes a communication method, which can improve the accuracy of PHR transmitted by a communication device.
下面结合图4-图8详细介绍本申请中通信方法The following describes the communication method in the present application in detail with reference to FIGS. 4 to 8.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法示意图。包括S110-S150五个步骤,下面详细介绍这五个步骤。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. Including S110-S150 five steps, these five steps are described in detail below.
S110,通信设备的PHR被触发。S110: The PHR of the communication device is triggered.
通信设备的PHR被触发条件可以是以下任意一种触发条件:The trigger condition of the PHR of the communication device may be any one of the following trigger conditions:
第一种条件:当通信设备有传输新数据的上行资源,禁止PHR定时器(prohibitPHR-Timer)超时或已经超时,并且在上一次传输PHR之后,路径损耗的变化值已经超过了基准路径损耗的变化值(dl-pathlosschange),单位:分贝(dB)。The first condition: when the communication device has uplink resources for transmitting new data, the prohibit PHR timer (prohibitPHR-Timer) has timed out or has timed out, and after the last PHR transmission, the path loss change value has exceeded the reference path loss Change value (dl-pathlosschange), unit: decibel (dB).
第一种条件需要留意两个地方:The first condition requires attention to two places:
第一,这里用的是路径损耗的“变化值”。即,不区分当前路径损耗是变大还是变小,考虑的是路径损耗的绝对差值。First, the "variation" of path loss is used here. That is, it does not distinguish whether the current path loss becomes larger or smaller, and considers the absolute difference of the path loss.
第二,如果prohibitPHR-Timer仍然在运行,是不能触发PHR的。即,无论路径损耗变化多大都没用。Second, if prohibitPHR-Timer is still running, PHR cannot be triggered. That is, it is useless regardless of how much the path loss changes.
应理解,prohibitPHR-Timer的存在,是为了防止因路径损耗变动频繁,或者路径损耗门限设置过低,导致通信设备频繁地被触发PHR传输PHR的情况发生。It should be understood that the existence of the prohibitPHR-Timer is to prevent the occurrence of a situation in which a communication device is frequently triggered to transmit PHR due to frequent path loss changes or a path loss threshold set too low.
第二种条件:定时PHR定时器(periodicPHR-Timer)超时。The second condition: the periodic PHR timer (periodicPHR-Timer) expires.
第三种条件:当RRC层配置或重配置,PHR功能或PHR参数,且这种配置或重配置并不是禁止PHR。The third condition: when the RRC layer is configured or reconfigured, the PHR function or PHR parameters, and this configuration or reconfiguration does not prohibit PHR.
例如,RRC重新配置了定时器的值。For example, RRC reconfigures the value of the timer.
应理解,本申请实施例中,通信设备的PHR被触发的条件可以是现有技术中提供的触发条件触发的,也可以是其他能够触发通信设备传输PHR的触发条件触发的,本申请对此并不限定。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the condition that the PHR of the communication device is triggered may be triggered by the trigger condition provided in the prior art, or may be triggered by other trigger conditions that can trigger the transmission of PHR by the communication device. Not limited.
S120,通信设备确定用于传输PHR的第一UL grant。S120. The communication device determines a first UL grant for transmitting PHR.
当通信设备的PHR被触发之后,通信设备首先会决定用来传输PHR的第一UL grant。After the PHR of the communication device is triggered, the communication device first determines the first UL grant to be used to transmit the PHR.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述第一UL grant可以是通信设备的PHR被触发以后,网络设备为通信设备传输新的数据分配的第一个UL Grant。Optionally, in some embodiments, the first UL grant may be the first UL Grant allocated by the network device to the communication device after the PHR of the communication device is triggered.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,所述第一UL grant可以是通信设备的PHR被触发时刻的前后时间段内,距通信设备的PHR被触发时刻,时间最早的UL grant。Optionally, in other embodiments, the first UL grant may be the UL grant with the earliest time from the time when the PHR of the communication device is triggered, before and after the time when the PHR of the communication device is triggered.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,所述第一UL grant可以是通信设备的PHR被触发以后,通信设备收到的第一个用于指示UL grant的DCI所对应的UL grant。Optionally, in other embodiments, the first UL grant may be the first UL grant corresponding to the DCI received by the communication device after the PHR of the communication device is triggered.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,所述第一UL grant可以为网络设备提前设置的configured grant所指示的UL grant。Optionally, in other embodiments, the first UL grant may be a UL grant indicated by a configured grant set in advance by a network device.
应理解,上述第一UL grant可以是单载波场景下,处于激活状态的小区上的UL grant;或者,上述第一UL grant可以是载波聚合场景下,处于激活状态的、传输所述PHR的小区上的UL grant。It should be understood that the first UL grant may be a UL grant on a cell in an activated state in a single carrier scenario; or the first UL grant may be a cell in an active state and transmit the PHR in a carrier aggregation scenario. On the UL grant.
可选地,在一些实施例中,在所述通信设备确定在第一小区上用于传输所述PHR的第一UL grant之前,所述方法还包括:所述通信设备确定所述第一UL grant的大小能够容纳所述PHR的大小。Optionally, in some embodiments, before the communication device determines a first UL grant for transmitting the PHR on the first cell, the method further includes: the communication device determines the first UL The size of the grant can accommodate the size of the PHR.
例如,通信设备首先确定所述第一UL grant为通信设备的PHR被触发以后,网络设备为通信设备传输新的数据分配的第一个UL Grant1,但该UL Grant1资源大小不足以支持通信设备传输PHR。For example, after the communication device first determines that the first UL grant is a communication device PHR is triggered, the network device transmits the first UL Grant1 of the new data allocation for the communication device, but the UL Grant1 resource size is not sufficient to support the communication device transmission PHR.
那么,通信设备需要确定另外一个第一UL grant,为能够支持通信设备传输PHR的UL grant2。该UL grant2可以是通信设备的PHR被触发以后,通信设备收到的第一个用于指示UL grant的DCI所对应的UL grant,或者该UL grant2可以是通信设备的PHR被触发时刻的前后时间段内,距通信设备的PHR被触发的时刻,时间最早的UL grant,或者该UL grant2可以是其他能够支持通信设备传输PHR的UL grant。Then, the communication device needs to determine another first UL grant, which is a UL grant2 that can support the transmission of PHR by the communication device. The UL grant2 may be the first UL grant corresponding to the DCI indicating the UL grant after the PHR of the communication device is triggered, or the UL grant2 may be the time before and after the PHR of the communication device is triggered. In the segment, the earliest UL grant from the moment when the PHR of the communication device is triggered, or the UL grant2 may be another UL grant that can support the transmission of PHR by the communication device.
本申请对上述如何确定第一UL grant,且第一UL grant的大小能够容纳所述PHR的大小并不限定,可以是上述确定方法中的任意一种。This application does not limit how to determine the first UL grant, and the size of the first UL grant can accommodate the PHR, and may be any one of the foregoing determination methods.
还应理解,通信设备传输PHR时,传输该PHR的、非支持PUCCH传输的小区的PH值类型一定为真实类型。因为,通信设备用于传输PHR的第一UL grant为小区上的UL grant,则,小区一定有实际传输。It should also be understood that when a communication device transmits a PHR, the type of the PH value of the cell that transmits the PHR and does not support PUCCH transmission must be the true type. Because the first UL grant that the communication device uses to transmit PHR is the UL grant on the cell, then the cell must have actual transmission.
S130,通信设备在第一时刻确定PHR中携带的PH值类型。S130. The communication device determines a PH value type carried in the PHR at the first moment.
通信设备决定传输PHR所用的第一UL grant以及该第一UL grant对应的DCI以后,通信设备基于该第一UL grant开始逻辑信道优先级(logical channel priority,LCP)过程,或者组装开始介质访问控制协议数据单元(media access control protocol data unit,MAC PDU)过程。After the communication device decides to transmit the first UL grant used by the PHR and the DCI corresponding to the first UL grant, the communication device starts a logical channel priority (LCP) process based on the first UL grant or assembles and starts medium access control. Protocol data unit (MAC, PDU, MAC, PDU) process.
上述LCP过程指的是:通信设备包含多个逻辑信道,在通信设备确定第一UL grant之后。通信设备需要通过LCP过程确定分别为每个逻辑信道分配多大的资源,即从每个逻辑信道里面取多少数据组成一个完整的MAC PDU,进而在该第一UL grant上传输。The above LCP process refers to that the communication device includes multiple logical channels after the communication device determines the first UL grant. The communication device needs to determine how much resources are allocated to each logical channel through the LCP process, that is, how much data is taken from each logical channel to form a complete MAC PDU, and then transmitted on the first UL grant.
应理解,通信设备进行LCP过程时,通信设备需要已知PHR中携带的各个小区的PH值类型。因为各个小区的PH值类型影响PHR的大小,所以通信设备在LCP时需要已知 PHR的大小。It should be understood that when the communication device performs the LCP process, the communication device needs to know the PH value type of each cell carried in the PHR. Because the PH type of each cell affects the size of the PHR, the communication device needs to know the size of the PHR during LCP.
上述MAC PDU组装指的是:终端设备确定UL grant以后,根据UL grant的大小进行LCP过程从各个逻辑信道取一定量的数据包,加上相应的MAC子头,组装成一个MAC PDU,进而在所述UL grant上进行传输。The above MAC PDU assembly refers to: After the terminal device determines the UL grant, the LCP process is performed according to the size of the UL grant to take a certain amount of data packets from each logical channel, and the corresponding MAC subheader is assembled to form a MAC PDU. The UL grant is transmitted.
上述第一时刻为通信设备基于所述第一UL grant开始LCP过程的时刻,或者,上述第一时刻为通信设备基于所述第一UL grant开始组装MAC PDU的时刻。The first time is the time when the communication device starts the LCP process based on the first UL grant, or the first time is the time when the communication device starts to assemble the MAC PDU based on the first UL grant.
应理解,上述通信设备在第一时刻确定PHR中携带的PH值类型,相比于图2或图3所示的现有技术中,通信设备基于接收DCI时刻确定PH值类型准确性更高。It should be understood that, the communication device determines the PH value type carried in the PHR at the first moment. Compared with the prior art shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 3, the communication device determines the PH value type based on the receiving DCI moment with higher accuracy.
还应理解,上述确定PH值类型包括:确定载波聚合中处于激活状态的小区的PH值类型。It should also be understood that the above-mentioned determining the PH value type includes: determining a PH value type of a cell in an activated state in carrier aggregation.
可选地,在一些实施例中,通信设备根据所述第一时刻之前、并且包括所述第一时刻的时间内,是否接收到用于调度UL grantDCI,确定PHR中携带的PH值类型。其中,所述第一时刻之前、并且包括所述第一时刻的时间所对应的时间窗的示意图如图5所示。Optionally, in some embodiments, the communication device determines the type of the PH value carried in the PHR according to whether the communication device receives a DCI for scheduling UL grants before and including the first time. A schematic diagram of a time window before the first moment and including a time corresponding to the first moment is shown in FIG. 5.
S140,通信设备向网络设备发送PHR。S140. The communication device sends a PHR to the network device.
通信设备在确定上报的PHR之后,将确定好的PHR发送给网络设备。After determining the reported PHR, the communication device sends the determined PHR to the network device.
S150,网络设备解析PHR,获取PH值,进行上行调度。S150. The network device analyzes the PHR, obtains the PH value, and performs uplink scheduling.
网络设备接收到通信设备的PHR之后,解析该PHR,获取其中携带的PH值信息,根据该PH值信息,对通信设备进行上行调度。After receiving the PHR of the communication device, the network device parses the PHR, obtains the PH value information carried therein, and performs uplink scheduling on the communication device according to the PH value information.
图5是本申请实施例提供的时间窗示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a time window provided by an embodiment of the present application.
应理解,本申请实施例只限定时间窗的终止时刻为第一时刻,而对时间窗的时长(L)以及起始时刻(T0)并不限定。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the end time of the time window is limited to the first time, and the duration (L) and the start time (T0) of the time window are not limited.
例如,以确定第二小区的PH值类型为例。在时间窗内,通信设备在所述第二小区上接收到DCI,所述DCI指示第二UL grant,且所述第二UL grant的起始时刻和所述第一UL grant的起始时刻重叠。则在PHR中,针对所述第二小区的PH值类型为真实类型。For example, determining the type of the PH value of the second cell is taken as an example. Within the time window, the communication device receives DCI on the second cell, the DCI indicates a second UL grant, and the start time of the second UL grant and the start time of the first UL grant overlap . Then, in the PHR, the type of the PH value for the second cell is a true type.
应理解,上述对DCI还可以是物理下行控制信道命令(PDCCH order)。It should be understood that the above-mentioned pair of DCIs may also be physical downlink control channel commands (PDCCH orders).
可选地,在另一些实施例中,通信设备根据在所述第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内,是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,在第一时刻确定PHR中携带的PH值类型。Optionally, in other embodiments, the communication device determines the type of the PH value carried in the PHR at the first moment according to whether the non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission is included in the transmission time period where the first UL grant is located.
例如,以确定第二小区的PH值类型为例。在通信设备传输PHR的第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内,第二小区包括非动态调度的上行传输。则在PHR中,针对所述第二小区的PH值类型为真实类型。For example, determining the type of the PH value of the second cell is taken as an example. In the transmission time period in which the first UL grant of the PHR is transmitted by the communication device, the second cell includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission. Then, in the PHR, the type of the PH value for the second cell is a true type.
可选地,在一些实施例中,上述第二小区在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,包括:上述第二小区在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否有数据在配置的上行资源上传输。Optionally, in some embodiments, whether the above-mentioned second cell includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission within a transmission time period where the first UL grant is located includes: the above-mentioned second cell's transmission time period where the first UL grant is located Whether any data is transmitted on the configured uplink resource.
进一步地,上述第二小区的配置的上行资源(configured uplink grant)指的是网络设备提前配置好的、周期性出现的上行资源。包括但不限于配置资源类型1configured grant Type1和配置资源类型2configured grant Type2。Further, the configured uplink resource (configured uplink grant) of the second cell refers to uplink resources that are configured in advance by a network device and appear periodically. Including, but not limited to, configured resource type 1configured grantType1 and configured resource type 2configured grantType2.
例如,在通信设备传输PHR的第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内第二小区有数据在配置的上行资源上传输。则在PHR中,针对所述第二小区的PH值类型为真实类型。For example, during the transmission period in which the first UL grant of the PHR is transmitted by the communication device, the second cell has data transmitted on the configured uplink resource. Then, in the PHR, the type of the PH value for the second cell is a true type.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,上述第二小区在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否 包括非动态调度的上行传输,包括:上述第二小区在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否有信道探测参考信号SRS传输。Optionally, in some other embodiments, whether the second cell includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission within a transmission time period where the first UL grant is located, including: the transmission time of the second cell where the first UL grant is located Whether there is a channel sounding reference signal SRS transmission in the segment.
例如,在通信设备传输PHR的第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内第二小区有SRS传输。则在PHR中,针对所述第二小区的PH值类型为真实类型。For example, during the transmission period of the first UL grant where the communication device transmits PHR, the second cell has SRS transmission. Then, in the PHR, the type of the PH value for the second cell is a true type.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,上述第二小区在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,包括:上述第二小区在第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内是否有物理上行控制信道PUCCH传输。Optionally, in some other embodiments, whether the second cell includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission within a transmission time period where the first UL grant is located, including: the transmission time of the second cell where the first UL grant is located Whether there is a physical uplink control channel PUCCH transmission in the segment.
例如,在通信设备传输PHR的第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内第二小区有PUCCH传输。则在PHR中,针对所述第二小区的PH值类型为真实类型。For example, the second cell has PUCCH transmission during the transmission time period in which the first UL grant of the PHR is transmitted by the communication device. Then, in the PHR, the type of the PH value for the second cell is a true type.
可选地,当第二小区上没有上行传输时,即,通信设备上报的PHR中,所述第二小区的PH值类型为虚拟类型。其中,上行传输包括PUSCH、PUCCH或SRS中的至少一种。进一步地,通信设备不需要从物理层获取第二小区相应的P CMAX,f,c值。 Optionally, when there is no uplink transmission on the second cell, that is, in the PHR reported by the communication device, the type of the PH value of the second cell is a virtual type. The uplink transmission includes at least one of PUSCH, PUCCH, or SRS. Further, the communication device does not need to obtain the corresponding P CMAX, f, c values of the second cell from the physical layer.
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意图。包括S210-S220两个步骤,下面详细介绍这两个步骤。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. Including S210-S220 two steps, these two steps are described in detail below.
S210,网络设备向通信设备发送指示信息。S210: The network device sends instruction information to the communication device.
所述指示信息用于指示通信设备是否上报小区的Type2的PH。其中,小区为NR基站下的支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell。The indication information is used to indicate whether a communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a cell. The cell is a secondary cell PUCCH / SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel under the NR base station.
应理解,在发送指示信息之前,网络设备会生成该指示信息。It should be understood that before sending the instruction information, the network device generates the instruction information.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述小区包括:Optionally, in some embodiments, the cell includes:
当所述通信设备配置了新空口-长期演进双连接NR-LTE DC,或长期演进-新空口双连接LTE-NR DC时,所述NR基站下的支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell。When the communication device is configured with a new air interface-long-term evolution dual connection NR-LTE DC, or a long-term evolution-new air interface dual connection LTE-NR DC, a secondary cell PUCCH and SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel under the NR base station.
即,所述指示信息用于指示配置了双连接(dual connectivity,DC)、且双连接的一侧与NR相连接,另一侧与LTE相连接的通信设备,是否上报NR基站下的PUCCH SCell的Type2的PH。That is, the instruction information is used to indicate whether a dual connection (DC) is configured, and one side of the dual connection is connected to the NR, and the other side is connected to the LTE communication device, and whether to report the PUCCH under the NR base station. Type2 PH.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,所述小区包括:Optionally, in other embodiments, the cell includes:
当所述通信设备没有配置DC,或,所述通信设备配置了新空口-新空口双连接NR-NR DC时,所述NR基站下的PUCCH SCell。When the communication device is not configured with a DC, or the communication device is configured with a new air interface-new air interface dual connection NR-NR DC, the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station.
即,所述指示信息用于指示单连接,或,配置了双连接、且双连接的两侧与NR相连接的通信设备,是否上报NR基站下的PUCCH SCell的Type2的PH。That is, the indication information is used to indicate whether a single connection, or a communication device configured with dual connections, and both sides of the dual connection are connected to the NR, reports whether the type 2 PH of the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station is reported.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述指示信息为网络设备通过RRC为通信设备配置的新的信息元素(information element,IE),且该IE的值设置为False。Optionally, in some embodiments, the indication information is a new information element (IE) configured by the network device for the communication device through RRC, and the value of the IE is set to False.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,所述指示信息为网络设备通过RRC为通信设备配置新的IE,且该IE的值设置为True。Optionally, in other embodiments, the indication information is that the network device configures a new IE for the communication device through RRC, and the value of the IE is set to True.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,所述指示信息为网络设备不为通信设备配置新的IE。Optionally, in other embodiments, the indication information is that the network device does not configure a new IE for the communication device.
应理解,可以规定,IE的值设置为False时,通信设备不为NR基站下的PUCCH SCell上上报Type2的PH;或者,可以规定,IE的值设置为True时,通信设备不为NR基站下的PUCCH SCell上上报Type2的PH;或者,可以规定,网络设备不为通信设备配置新的IE时,通信设备不为NR基站下的PUCCH SCell上上报Type2的PH。It should be understood that it can be specified that when the value of IE is set to False, the communication device does not report the PH of Type 2 to the PUCCH under the NR base station; The PUCCH of the SCell reports the Type 2 PH; or, it may be provided that when the network device does not configure a new IE for the communication device, the communication device does not report the Type 2 PH for the PUCCH of the NR base station.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,所述指示信息为将现有的IE(phr-Type2OtherCell)的 值设置为False。Optionally, in other embodiments, the indication information is setting an existing IE (phr-Type2OtherCell) value to False.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,所述指示信息为将现有的IE(phr-Type2OtherCell)的值设置为True。Optionally, in other embodiments, the indication information is to set a value of an existing IE (phr-Type2OtherCell) to True.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,所述指示信息为网络设备不为通信设备配置现有的IE(phr-Type2otherCell)。Optionally, in other embodiments, the indication information is that the network device does not configure an existing IE (phr-Type2otherCell) for the communication device.
应理解,可以规定,phr-Type2OtherCell的值设置为False时,通信设备不为NR基站下的PUCCH SCell上上报Type2的PH;或者,可以规定,phr-Type2OtherCell的值设置为True时,通信设备不为NR基站下的PUCCH SCell上上报Type2的PH;或者,可以规定,网络设备不为通信设备配置phr-Type2OtherCell时,通信设备不为NR基站下的PUCCH SCell上上报Type2的PH。It should be understood that, when the value of phr-Type2OtherCell is set to False, the communication device does not report the PH of Type2 to the PUCCH under the NR base station; or, it may be specified that when the value of phr-Type2OtherCell is set to True, the communication device does not report Report the Type 2 PH for the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station; or it may be provided that when the network device does not configure a phr-Type2 OtherCell for the communication device, the communication device does not report the Type 2 PH for the PUCCH SCell for the NR base station.
可选地,指示信息包括PH的类型信息和/或小区信息。其中,小区信息包括小区类型信息,和/或,小区为NR侧或LTE侧的小区指示信息。Optionally, the indication information includes type information and / or cell information of the PH. The cell information includes cell type information, and / or, the cell is NR side or LTE side cell indication information.
例如,指示信息为网络设备通过RRC为通信设备配置新的IE,可以将IE命名为phr-Type2PucchSCell,其中,phr-Type2为PH的类型为type2的指示信息,PucchSCell为小区类型信息。For example, the indication information is that the network device configures a new IE for the communication device through RRC. The IE may be named phr-Type2PucchSCell, where phr-Type2 is indication information of PH type 2 and PucchSCell is cell type information.
应理解,上述IE命名为phr-Type2PucchSCell只是一种举例的形式,还可以为其他命名形式。例如,phr-Type2-NRPucchSCell,或者,NR-PucchSCell。本申请对此并不限制,只需要通信设备根据该指示信息能够确定不为NR基站下的PUCCH SCell上报Type2的PH。It should be understood that the IE named phr-Type2PucchSCell is only an example form, and other naming forms may also be used. For example, phr-Type2-NRPucchSCell, or NR-PucchSCell. This application is not limited to this, as long as the communication device can determine, according to the instruction information, that it is not the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station that reports the Type 2 PH.
S220,通信设备根据指示信息确定是否上报小区的Type2的PH。S220. The communication device determines whether to report the Type 2 PH of the cell according to the instruction information.
通信设备接收指示信息,根据指示信息确定是否上报上述小区的Type2的PH。The communication device receives the instruction information, and determines whether to report the Type 2 PH of the cell according to the instruction information.
应理解,在协议中可以将上述的指示信息理解为指示通信设备上报小区的Type2的PH的开关,在协议中可以将该开关设置为长关状态,即,指示通信设备不上报小区的Type2的PH。通常为,将上述网络设备不为通信设备配置新的IE、新的IE值设置为False、phr-Type2OtherCell的值设置为False以及网络设备不为通信设备配置phr-Type2OtherCell理解为上述开关为关的状态。It should be understood that the above-mentioned indication information can be understood as a switch that instructs the communication device to report the Type 2 PH of the cell in the protocol, and the switch can be set to the long-off state in the protocol, that is, the communication device is instructed not to report the Type 2 of the cell. PH. Generally, if the above network device is not configured with a new IE for the communication device, the new IE value is set to False, the value of the phr-Type2OtherCell is set to False, and the network device is not configured with a phr-Type2OtherCell for the communication device, it is understood that the above switch is off. status.
另外也可以通过不引入新的IE方式,实现不为NR侧的PUCCH SCell上报Type2PH的技术效果;具体的可以在协议中规定,配置了NR-NR DC的情况下或者没有配置DC的情况下,必须将协议中的IE:phr-Type2OtherCell值设置为false,其他情况可以设置为true。In addition, the technical effect of reporting the Type2PH for the PUCCH and SCell that is not on the NR side can also be achieved by not introducing a new IE method; specifically, it can be specified in the protocol when NR-NR DC is configured or when DC is not configured. The IE: phr-Type2OtherCell value in the protocol must be set to false, otherwise it can be set to true.
进一步地,通信设备可以修改传输的PHR的格式。所述PHR的格式包括:Further, the communication device can modify the format of the transmitted PHR. The format of the PHR includes:
Type2的PH域,所述Type2的PH域用于上报所述NR基站下的PUCCH SCell,且不用于上报除NR基站下的PUCCH SCell之外的小区的Type2的PH。即,当通信设备可以上报NR基站下的PUCCH SCell的Type2的PH时,PHR的格式中包括该Type2的PH对应的域。Type 2 PH domain. The Type 2 PH domain is used to report the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station, and is not used to report the PH of Type 2 in a cell other than the PUCCH SCell under the NR base station. That is, when the communication device can report the PH of Type 2 of the PUCCH SCell in the NR base station, the format of the PHR includes a domain corresponding to the PH of Type 2.
当所述NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH的PH值类型为真实类型的时候,上述PHR格式中还可以包括上述Type2的PH域对应的P CMAX,f,c域;当所述NR基站下的PUCCH Scell的Type2的PH的PH值类型为虚拟类型的时候,上述PHR格式中可以不包括上述Type2的PH域对应的P CMAX,f,c域。 When the PH type of the Type 2 PH of the PUCCH Scell under the NR base station is a real type, the PHR format may further include a P CMAX, f, c field corresponding to the Type 2 PH domain; when the NR base station When the PH type of the Type 2 PH value of the PUCCH Scell below is a virtual type, the PHR format may not include the P CMAX, f, c fields corresponding to the Type 2 PH domain.
进一步地,PHR的格式中还可以包括第二Type2的PH域,以及所述第二Type2的 PH域对应的P CMAX,f,c域,其中,所述第二Type2的PH域用于上报所述LTE基站下的PUCCH SCell的Type2的PH。 Further, the format of the PHR may further include a PH field of the second Type2, and a P CMAX, f, c field corresponding to the PH field of the second Type2, where the PH field of the second Type2 is used for reporting The Type 2 PH of the PUCCH SCell in the LTE base station is described.
修改后的PHR的格式,参考表1。For the modified PHR format, refer to Table 1.
表1 PHR的格式Table 1 Format of PHR
Figure PCTCN2019092013-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019092013-appb-000001
表1中第一行中的R表示一直处于激活状态的小区,本申请不涉及。R in the first row in Table 1 represents a cell that is always activated, and is not involved in this application.
表1中第一行中的C 1~C 7表示载波聚合中的不同小区,当C 1对应的比特位值为1时,表示C 1小区处于激活状态。 C 1 to C 7 in the first row in Table 1 represent different cells in carrier aggregation. When the bit value corresponding to C 1 is 1, it indicates that the C 1 cell is in an activated state.
表1中第二行中的V对应的比特位值为1时,表示小区的PH值类型为虚拟。When the bit value corresponding to V in the second row of Table 1 is 1, it indicates that the PH type of the cell is virtual.
表1中第三行中的R表示预留比特位。R in the third row of Table 1 indicates a reserved bit.
表1中第二行中的PH表示对应小区的PH值。The PH in the second row of Table 1 represents the PH value of the corresponding cell.
表1中第三行中的P CMAX,f,c1为功率值辅助信息,本申请不涉及。 P CMAX, f, c 1 in the third row of Table 1 is auxiliary power value information, which is not involved in this application.
应理解当小区1的PH值类型为虚拟时,小区1的PHR格式中不包括P CMAX,f,c1。当小区1的PH值类型为真实时,小区1的PHR格式中包括P CMAX,f,c1。 It should be understood that when the PH value type of cell 1 is virtual, P CMAX, f, c 1 is not included in the PHR format of cell 1. When the type of the PH value of the cell 1 is true, the PHR format of the cell 1 includes P CMAX, f, c 1.
表1中其他行列信息与现有技术中PHR格式类似,这里不再赘述。本申请实施例中所述的修改PHR格式,主要是将现有中PHR格式中的PH(Type2,SpCell of other MAC entity or PUCCH SCell)所在域,修改为PH(Type2,SpCell of other MAC entity),并增加了PH(Type2,PUCCH SCell of other MAC entity)域。The other row and column information in Table 1 is similar to the PHR format in the prior art, and is not repeated here. The modification of the PHR format described in the embodiment of the present application is mainly to change the domain of PH (Type2, SpCell of MAC, or PUCCH, SCell) in the existing PHR format to PH (Type2, SpCell of MAC, MAC). , And added a PH (Type2, PUCCH, SCell, MAC, entity) domain.
可选地,在一些实施例中,图6还包括S211和S221。Optionally, in some embodiments, FIG. 6 further includes S211 and S221.
S211,网络设备向通信设备发送第二指示信息。S211. The network device sends the second instruction information to the communication device.
所述第二指示信息用于指示所述通信设备是否上报第三小区的Type2的PH,其中,所述第三小区为:LTE基站下的PUCCH SCell。The second indication information is used to indicate whether the communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a third cell, where the third cell is a PUCCH SCell of an LTE base station.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述第二指示信息用于指示通信设备不上报第三小区的Type2的PH。Optionally, in some embodiments, the second indication information is used to instruct the communication device not to report the Type 2 PH of the third cell.
所述第三小区包括:当所述通信设备配置了NR-LTE DC或者LTE-NR DC时,所述通信设备相连的长期演进系统LTE基站下的PUCCH Scell。The third cell includes: when the communication device is configured with NR-LTE DC or LTE-NR DC, a PUCCH cell in a LTE base station to which the communication device is connected.
即,所述第二指示信息用于指示配置了双连接、且双连接的一侧与NR相连接,另一侧与LTE相连接的通信设备,不上报LTE基站下的PUCCH SCell的Type2的PH。That is, the second indication information is used to indicate that a dual connection is configured, and one side of the dual connection is connected to the NR and the other side is connected to the LTE communication device, and does not report the type 2 PH of the PUCCH and the SCell of the LTE base station. .
可选地,在另一些实施例中,所述第二指示信息用于指示通信设备上报上述第三小区的Type2的PH。Optionally, in other embodiments, the second indication information is used to instruct the communication device to report the Type 2 PH of the third cell.
可选地,在一些实施例中,网络设备是否为通信设备配置新的IE,或者,通过设置新的IE的值作为第二指示信息。Optionally, in some embodiments, whether the network device configures a new IE for the communication device, or by setting a value of the new IE as the second indication information.
例如,第二指示信息为网络设备为通信设备配置新的IE(命名为: phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell)。For example, the second instruction information is that the network device configures a new IE (named: phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell) for the communication device.
S221,通信设备根据第二指示信息确定是否上报第三小区的Type2的PH。S221. The communication device determines whether to report the Type 2 PH of the third cell according to the second instruction information.
通信设备接收第二指示信息,根据第二指示信息确定是否上报上述第三小区的Type2的PH。The communication device receives the second instruction information, and determines whether to report the Type 2 PH of the third cell according to the second instruction information.
可选地,在一些实施例中,第二指示信息为phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell,当网络设备为通信设备配置phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell,且phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell的值设置为true时,通信设备上报上述第三小区的Type2的PH。Optionally, in some embodiments, the second indication information is phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell. When the network device configures phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell for the communication device, and the value of phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell is set to true, the communication device reports The Type 2 PH of the third cell.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,第二指示信息为phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell,当网络设备为通信设备配置phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell,且phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell的值设置为false时,通信设备上报上述第三小区的Type2的PH。Optionally, in other embodiments, the second indication information is phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell. When the network device configures phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell for the communication device, and the value of phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell is set to false, the communication device Report the Type 2 PH of the third cell.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,第二指示信息为网络设备不为通信设备配置phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell时,通信设备上报上述第三小区的Type2的PH。Optionally, in other embodiments, when the second indication information is that the network device does not configure a phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell for the communication device, the communication device reports the Type2 PH of the third cell.
或者,可选地,在一些实施例中,第二指示信息为phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell,当网络设备为通信设备配置phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell,且phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell的值设置为true时,通信设备不上报上述第三小区的Type2的PH。Or, optionally, in some embodiments, the second indication information is phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell. When the network device configures phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell for the communication device, and the value of phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell is set to true, communication The device does not report the Type 2 PH of the third cell.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,第二指示信息为phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell,当网络设备为通信设备配置phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell,且phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell的值设置为false时,通信设备上报不上述第三小区的Type2的PH。Optionally, in other embodiments, the second indication information is phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell. When the network device configures phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell for the communication device, and the value of phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell is set to false, the communication device The Type 2 PH of the third cell is not reported.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,第二指示信息为网络设备不为通信设备配置phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell时,通信设备不上报上述第三小区的Type2的PH。Optionally, in other embodiments, when the second indication information is that the network device does not configure a phr-Type2-LTEPucchSCell for the communication device, the communication device does not report the Type2 PH of the third cell.
应理解,如何通过第二指示信息指示通信设备是否上报第三小区的Type2的PH可以是系统提前规定的,也可以是网络设备与通信设备双方约定的,当收到的第二指示信息具体为某个信息时是上报的情况,否则不上报。It should be understood that how to use the second instruction information to indicate whether the communication device reports the Type 2 PH of the third cell may be specified by the system in advance, or may be agreed by both the network device and the communication device. When the second instruction information received is specifically Some information is reported when it is not reported otherwise.
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意图。包括S310-S330三个步骤,下面详细介绍这三个步骤。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. Including S310-S330 three steps, these three steps are described in detail below.
S310,所述通信设备根据预设规则,生成PHR格式。S310. The communication device generates a PHR format according to a preset rule.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述预设规则为系统预定义的。Optionally, in some embodiments, the preset rule is predefined by the system.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,所述预设规则为通信设备和网络设备提前约定的。Optionally, in other embodiments, the preset rule is agreed in advance by the communication device and the network device.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,所述预设规则为网络设备下发给通信设备的。Optionally, in other embodiments, the preset rule is issued by a network device to a communication device.
应理解,本申请对通信设备如何获取预设规则并不限定。It should be understood that this application does not limit how a communication device obtains a preset rule.
S320,通信设备向网络设备发送PHR格式。S320. The communication device sends a PHR format to the network device.
所述PHR格式中携带位图bitmap,所述bitmap用于指示所述PHR中携带的PH与多个激活的BWP的第一映射关系。或者理解为,A bitmap bitmap is carried in the PHR format, and the bitmap is used to indicate a first mapping relationship between the PH carried in the PHR and a plurality of activated BWPs. Or as
所述通信设备根据预设规则,生成PHR格式,其中,所述PHR格式中携带位图bitmap,所述bitmap的比特BWP满足第一映射关系,所述比特的比特值用于指示,与所述比特满足第一映射关系的BWP是否处于激活状态;The communication device generates a PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR format carries a bitmap bitmap, and a bit BWP of the bitmap satisfies a first mapping relationship, and a bit value of the bit is used to indicate that Whether the BWP whose bit satisfies the first mapping relationship is in an activated state;
当所述BWP处于激活状态时,所述通信设备上报所述BWP上的PH;When the BWP is in an activated state, the communication device reports the PH on the BWP;
当所述BWP处于非激活状态时,所述通信设备不上报所述BWP上的PH。When the BWP is in an inactive state, the communication device does not report the PH on the BWP.
进一步地,所述bitmap还用于指示所述多个激活的BWP与至少一个小区的第二映射 关系。或者理解为,Further, the bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell. Or as
所述bitmap中的比特还用于指示,与所述比特满足第二映射关系的小区是否处于激活状态。The bits in the bitmap are also used to indicate whether a cell that satisfies a second mapping relationship with the bits is in an active state.
所述小区处于激活状态时,所述小区的BWP处于激活状态或者非激活状态;When the cell is in an activated state, the BWP of the cell is in an activated state or an inactive state;
当所述BWP处于非激活状态时,所述小区的BWP处于非激活状态。可选地,在一些实施例中,通信设备只用一个bitmap来指示哪些BWP处于激活状态。其中,可以根据某个比特在bitmap中的位置,来判断此比特对应的是哪个小区上的哪个BWP。When the BWP is in an inactive state, the BWP in the cell is in an inactive state. Optionally, in some embodiments, the communication device uses only one bitmap to indicate which BWPs are active. Among them, according to the position of a bit in the bitmap, it can be determined which BWP on which cell this bit corresponds to.
例如,通信设备根据一个bitmap确定了5个BWP处于激活状态,并指示该5个BWP与5个PH的第一映射关系。其中,根据一个bitmap确定了5个BWP处于激活状可以是该bitmap中5个比特的比特值为“1”,第一映射关系可以是该5个比特与5个BWP一一对应,进一步地5个BWP与5个PH一一对应,所以也可以理解为第一映射关系可以是5个BWP与5个PH的映射关系。For example, the communication device determines that 5 BWPs are in an activated state according to a bitmap, and indicates a first mapping relationship between the 5 BWPs and 5 PHs. Among them, it is determined that 5 BWPs are activated according to a bitmap. The bit values of the 5 bits in the bitmap are “1”, and the first mapping relationship may be that the 5 bits correspond to the 5 BWPs one by one, and further 5 Each BWP has a one-to-one correspondence with 5 PHs, so it can also be understood that the first mapping relationship may be a mapping relationship between 5 BWPs and 5 PHs.
进一步地,通信设备根据5个BWP中BWP1对应的5个比特中的1个比特在bitmap中的位置,确定第二映射关系,并根据第二映射关系确定BWP1为小区1上的第一个BWP。Further, the communication device determines a second mapping relationship according to the position of one of the five bits corresponding to BWP1 in the five BWPs in the bitmap, and determines that BWP1 is the first BWP on cell 1 according to the second mapping relationship. .
还例如,通信设备根据一个bitmap确定了5个BWP处于激活状态,并指示该5个BWP与8个PH的第一映射关系。其中,第一映射关系可以是8个PH中的6个PH值分别与3个BWP绑定,剩余的2个PH值与2个BWP绑定。其中,PH与BWP绑定指的是,一个BWP上报的PH。For another example, the communication device determines that 5 BWPs are in an activated state according to a bitmap, and indicates a first mapping relationship between the 5 BWPs and 8 PHs. The first mapping relationship may be that 6 of the 8 PHs are bound to 3 BWPs respectively, and the remaining 2 PHs are bound to 2 BWPs. The binding between PH and BWP refers to the PH reported by a BWP.
可选地,在一些实施例中,通信设备用两个bitmap分别指示哪些部分带宽BWP与哪些小区的第二映射关系,以及哪些部分带宽BWP在对应小区的位置。Optionally, in some embodiments, the communication device uses two bitmaps to indicate the second mapping relationship between which part of the bandwidth BWP and which cells, and which part of the bandwidth BWP is in the corresponding cell location.
例如,通信设备根据预设规则,在PHR上报格式里面用bitmap指示各个BWP的PH是否需要上报。For example, the communication device uses a bitmap in the PHR reporting format to indicate whether the PH of each BWP needs to be reported according to a preset rule.
其中,第一个bitmap用于指示某个小区是否激活,如果激活,则相应的第二个bitmap指示对应小区的哪些BWP处于激活状态或者需要上报相应类型的PH。The first bitmap is used to indicate whether a certain cell is activated. If activated, the corresponding second bitmap indicates which BWPs of the corresponding cell are activated or need to report the corresponding type of PH.
可选的,只有某个小区处于激活状态,相应的第二个bitmap才存在。Optionally, the corresponding second bitmap only exists if a certain cell is active.
应理解,本实施例对上述相应类型的PH不做限制,可以是前面介绍的PH类型中的任意一种。It should be understood that this embodiment does not limit the corresponding types of PH described above, and may be any one of the PH types introduced earlier.
在PHR上报格式里面增加两个bitmap之后的格式参考表2。Refer to Table 2 for the format after adding two bitmaps to the PHR report format.
表2 PHR格式Table 2 PHR format
Figure PCTCN2019092013-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2019092013-appb-000002
从表2和表1可以看出,相比于表1在表2中增加了一行B 1~B 3As can be seen from Tables 2 and 1, a line B 1 to B 3 has been added to Table 2 compared to Table 1.
例如,当C 1处于激活状态时,根据B 1~B 3的值判断C 1上的多个BWP是否处于激活状态。 For example, when C 1 is active, according to the value of B 1 ~ B 3 is determined on a plurality of BWP a C 1 is in an active state.
应理解,表2只是为了说明上述实施例中的bitmap具体形式,而简单举例。其中,每个小区对应的B的位数并不限制,可以是N个,N为正整数。表2并不能限制本申请的保护范围。It should be understood that Table 2 is only for explaining the specific form of the bitmap in the foregoing embodiment, and is a simple example. The number of bits of B corresponding to each cell is not limited, and may be N, where N is a positive integer. Table 2 does not limit the scope of protection of this application.
可选地,当小区为特殊小区SpCell或者支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell,且所述小区上有至少一个激活的BWP时,所述第一映射关系包括:Optionally, when the cell is a special cell SpCell or a secondary cell PUCCH SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel, and there is at least one activated BWP on the cell, the first mapping relationship includes:
所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type2的PH的映射关系,以及所述多个激活的BWP与多个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系。或者理解为,A mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type 2 PH, and a mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and multiple Type 1 or Type 3 PHs. Or as
当小区为特殊小区SpCell或者支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH Scell,且所述小区上多个激活的BWP中至少一个BWP支持PUCCH传输时,所述通信设备上报所述BWP上的PH包括:When the cell is a special cell SpCell or a secondary cell PUCCH Scell that supports a physical uplink control channel, and at least one of the multiple activated BWPs in the cell supports PUCCH transmission, the communication device reports the PH on the BWP including:
所述通信设备上报所述至少一个BWP上的Type2的PH,以及上报所述多个激活的BWP上的Type1或Type3的PH。The communication device reports a PH of Type 2 on the at least one BWP, and a PH of Type 1 or Type 3 on the multiple activated BWPs.
例如,当小区为SpCell,并且该小区上2个BWP处于激活状态,该2个处于激活状态的BWP中,1个BWP支持PUCCH传输。则,通信设备上报该小区的PHR中,应该包括1个BWP上的Type2的PH,以及2个BWP上的Type1或Type3的PH。For example, when the cell is a SpCell, and 2 BWPs in the cell are in an activated state, among the 2 BWPs in the activated state, 1 BWP supports PUCCH transmission. Then, the PHR reported by the communication device for the cell should include the PH of Type 2 on 1 BWP and the PH of Type 1 or Type 3 on 2 BWPs.
可选地,当小区为除所述SpCell和所述PUCCH SCell之外的小区,且所述小区上有至少一个激活的BWP时,所述第一映射关系包括:所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系。Optionally, when the cell is a cell other than the SpCell and the PUCCH and SCell, and there is at least one activated BWP on the cell, the first mapping relationship includes: the at least one BWP and at least one Mapping relationship of Type1 or Type3 PH.
或者理解为,Or as
当所述小区为除所述SpCell和所述PUCCH SCell之外的小区,且所述小区上有至少一个激活的BWP时,所述通信设备上报所述BWP上的PH包括:When the cell is a cell other than the SpCell and the PUCCH and SCell, and there is at least one activated BWP on the cell, the communication device reporting the PH on the BWP includes:
所述至少一个BWP上的Type1或Type3的PH。A PH of Type 1 or Type 3 on the at least one BWP.
例如,当小区为除所述SpCell和所述PUCCH SCell之外的小区,并且该小区上2个BWP处于激活状态,通信设备上报该小区的PHR中,应该包括2个BWP上的Type1或Type3的PH。For example, when the cell is a cell other than the SpCell and the PUCCH and SCell, and two BWPs on the cell are activated, the PHR reported by the communication device to the cell should include Type 1 or Type 3 on the two BWPs. PH.
S330,网络设备根据预设规则解析PHR。S330. The network device analyzes the PHR according to a preset rule.
网络设备收到通信设备发送的PHR之后,根据预设规则对PHR进行解析,获取相关的信息。After receiving the PHR sent by the communication device, the network device analyzes the PHR according to a preset rule to obtain related information.
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意图。包括S410-S420两个步骤,下面详细介绍这两个步骤。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. Including S410-S420 two steps, these two steps are described in detail below.
首先简单介绍图8所示的通信方法涉及到的基础概念。First, the basic concepts involved in the communication method shown in FIG. 8 are briefly introduced.
在NR里面,每个MAC PDU包含一个或者多个MAC子PDU。对于通信设备随机接入过程中Msg3消息中携带的MAC PDU来说,该MAC PDU中包含公共控制信道的服务数据单元(common control channel serving data unit,CCCH SDU)和MAC子头。In NR, each MAC PDU contains one or more MAC sub-PDUs. For a MAC PDU carried in a Msg3 message during a random access process of a communication device, the MAC PDU includes a common control channel service data unit (CCCH, SDU) and a MAC subheader.
在NR中,该实施例中的MAC PDU有两种MAC子头:In NR, the MAC PDU in this embodiment has two types of MAC subheaders:
一种MAC子头携带L域,一种MAC子头不携带L域。其中,L域用于判断CCCH SDU的大小。One MAC subheader carries the L domain, and one MAC subheader does not carry the L domain. Among them, the L field is used to determine the size of the CCCH SDU.
应理解,不带L域的MAC子头,相比带L域的MAC子头节省一个字节。因此,在组包的时候,通信设备需要选择使用带L域的子头或者不带L域的MAC子头。It should be understood that the MAC subheader without the L domain saves one byte compared with the MAC subheader with the L domain. Therefore, when grouping packets, the communication device needs to choose to use a subheader with an L domain or a MAC subheader without an L domain.
图9是携带L域的MAC子头示意图。其中,FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a MAC subheader carrying an L domain. among them,
R表示:预留域,预留给以后使用。R means: reserved domain, reserved for future use.
F表示:格式域Format field,用于指示L域的长度。F: Format field, which is used to indicate the length of the L field.
图10是不携带L域的MAC子头示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a MAC subheader that does not carry an L domain.
可选地,通信设备可以根据CCCH SDU的大小,选择携带L域的MAC子头,或者选择不携带L域的MAC子头。Optionally, the communication device may select whether to carry the MAC subhead of the L domain or select not to carry the MAC subhead of the L domain according to the size of the CCCH SDU.
已知后续NR中针对Msg3消息,会支持两种最小的UL grant大小。It is known that for the Msg3 message in the subsequent NR, two minimum UL grant sizes will be supported.
一种最小的UL grant是56比特,一种最小的UL grant是72比特。A minimum UL grant is 56 bits and a minimum UL grant is 72 bits.
下面,结合图8详细介绍如何让通信设备知道选择使用携带L域的MAC子头,或者选择不携带L域的MAC子头。Next, how to let the communication device know whether to choose to use the MAC subheader carrying the L domain or to choose not to carry the MAC subheader carrying the L domain will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 8.
S410,通信设备根据第一指示信息确定X的值。S410: The communication device determines a value of X according to the first instruction information.
可选地,在一些实施例中,图8包括S411,网络设备向通信设备下发第一指示信息。即,上述第一指示信息是通信设备接收网络设备下发的。Optionally, in some embodiments, FIG. 8 includes S411, and the network device sends the first instruction information to the communication device. That is, the first instruction information is received by the communication device from the network device.
例如,网络设备向通信设备下发第一指示信息为网络设备的系统消息。系统消息可以是剩余的最小系统信息(Remaining minimum system information,RMSI)。For example, the network device sends a system message to the communication device that the first indication information is the network device. The system message can be the remaining minimum system information (Remaining system information) (RMSI).
当所述系统消息包括第一标识时,通信设备确定X的值为64比特;当所述系统消息不包括第一标识时,通信设备确定X的值为48比特。When the system message includes the first identifier, the communication device determines that the value of X is 64 bits; when the system message does not include the first identifier, the communication device determines that the value of X is 48 bits.
应理解,本实施例中对上述第一标识的具体实现并不限制,可以是一种IE也可以是系统消息中某个比特的值,还可以是网络设备和通信设备之间约定的其他标识。It should be understood that the specific implementation of the first identifier is not limited in this embodiment, and may be an IE or a value of a bit in a system message, or other identifiers agreed between the network device and the communication device. .
可选地,在另一些实施例中,第一指示信息通信设备未收到网络设备向通信设备下发第一指示信息。Optionally, in other embodiments, the first indication information communication device does not receive the first indication information from the network device to the communication device.
例如,当网络设备向通信设备下发系统消息时,通信设备确定X的值为64比特;当网络设备向通信设备未下发系统消息时,通信设备确定X的值为48比特。For example, when the network device sends a system message to the communication device, the communication device determines that the value of X is 64 bits; when the network device does not send a system message to the communication device, the communication device determines that the value of X is 48 bits.
可选地,在另一些实施例中,所述通信设备根据第一指示信息确定X的值为包括:所述通信设备根据所述第一指示信息确定所述Msg3消息的最小上行授权资源UL grant的大小,根据所述最小UL grant的值确定所述X的值。Optionally, in other embodiments, determining that the value of X by the communication device according to the first instruction information includes: determining, by the communication device, the minimum uplink authorized resource UL grant of the Msg3 message according to the first instruction information The value of X is determined according to the value of the minimum UL grant.
所述第一指示信息用于指示针对所述Msg3消息的最小上行授权UL grant的大小。The first indication information is used to indicate a size of a minimum uplink grant UL grant for the Msg3 message.
例如,第一指示信息为网络设备下发的系统消息,当系统消息包括第一标识时,通信设备确定最小上行授权UL grant的大小为72比特;当系统消息不包括第一标识时,通信设备确定最小上行授权UL grant的大小为56比特。For example, the first indication information is a system message issued by a network device. When the system message includes the first identifier, the communication device determines that the minimum uplink grant UL grant size is 72 bits. When the system message does not include the first identifier, the communication device It is determined that the minimum uplink grant UL grant size is 56 bits.
应理解,本申请实施例中对上述第一标识的具体实现并不限制,可以是一种IE也可以是系统消息中某个比特的值,还可以是网络设备和通信设备之间约定的其他标识。It should be understood that the specific implementation of the foregoing first identifier in the embodiments of the present application is not limited, and may be an IE or a value of a bit in a system message, or may be other agreed between the network device and the communication device. Logo.
上述第一指示信息为网络设备下发的系统消息也只是一种举例的形式,第一指示信息还可以是,其他可以用于指示的UL grant的大小指示信息。The above first indication information is a system message issued by a network device and is only an example. The first indication information may also be other size indication information of UL grants that can be used for indication.
当所述通信设备根据所述第一指示信息确定最小的UL grant的大小为56,则,X=56-8=48;When the communication device determines that the minimum UL grant size is 56 according to the first instruction information, then X = 56-8 = 48;
当所述通信设备根据所述第一指示信息确定最小的UL grant的大小为72,则, X=72-8=64。When the communication device determines that the minimum UL grant size is 72 according to the first instruction information, then X = 72-8 = 64.
S420,通信设备比较所述通信设备随机接入过程中Msg3消息中携带的MAC PDU中包含的公共控制信道的服务数据单元CCCH SDU的大小与X的值是否相等,确定所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中是否携带L域。S420: The communication device compares whether the size of the service data unit CCCH of the common control channel included in the MAC control PDU carried in the Msg3 message during the random access of the communication device is equal to the value of X, and determines whether Whether the MAC subheader carries the L field.
可选地,在一些实施例中,当所述CCCH SDU的大小为X比特时,通信设备确定所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中不携带L域;当所述CCCH SDU的大小不为X比特时,通信设备确定所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中携带L域。Optionally, in some embodiments, when the size of the CCCH SDU is X bits, the communication device determines that the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU does not carry an L field; when the size of the CCCH SDU is not When X bits, the communication device determines that the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L domain.
应理解,上述X比特可以是S410中根据第一指示信息确定的X的值。X比特还可以是系统规定的其他比特数。It should be understood that the X bit may be a value of X determined according to the first indication information in S410. The X bits can also be other numbers specified by the system.
可选地,当CCCH SDU的大小为X比特时,MAC子头中包括第一LCID;当CCCH SDU的大小不为X比特时,MAC子头中包括第二LCID。Optionally, when the size of the CCCH SDU is X bits, the MAC subheader includes the first LCID; when the size of the CCCH SDU is not X bits, the MAC subheader includes the second LCID.
其中,第一LCID可以为“100001”,第二LCID可以为“000000”,或者,第一LCID和第二LCID可以为其他取值。本申请实施例对此并不限制。The first LCID may be "100001" and the second LCID may be "000000", or the first LCID and the second LCID may be other values. This embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
可选地,在一些实施例中,Optionally, in some embodiments,
可选地,在一些实施例中,通信设备还可以根据最小的UL grant的大小确定所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中是否携带L域。Optionally, in some embodiments, the communication device may further determine whether the L-domain is carried in the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU according to the minimum UL grant size.
例如,当上述最小的UL grant的大小为56比特时,针对Msg3消息中携带的MAC PDU来说,当CCCH SDU的大小为48比特时,通信设备在MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中不携带L域;当CCCH SDU的大小为其他比特时,通信设备在MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中携带L域。因为,当CCCH SDU的大小为48比特时,选用不携带L域的MAC子头可以正好装下整个MAC PDU。For example, when the minimum UL grant size is 56 bits, for the MAC PDU carried in the Msg3 message, when the size of the CCCH SDU is 48 bits, the communication device does not carry the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU. L field; when the size of the CCCH SDU is other bits, the communication device carries the L field in the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU. Because when the size of the CCCH SDU is 48 bits, the MAC subheader that does not carry the L domain can be used to fit the entire MAC PDU.
在此情况下,图8包括S431,通信设备向网络设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示CCCH SDU的大小。In this case, FIG. 8 includes S431, and the communication device sends fourth instruction information to the network device, where the fourth instruction information is used to indicate the size of the CCCH SDU.
可选地,通信设备发送的MAC PDU中包括第四指示信息。Optionally, the MAC PDU sent by the communication device includes fourth indication information.
第四指示信息可以为第一专用的局部字符集标识符(local character set identifier,LCID)标识该CCCH SDU大小为48比特。The fourth indication information may be a first dedicated local character set identifier (LCID) identifying that the CCCH SDU size is 48 bits.
或者,or,
当上述最小的UL grant的大小为72比特时,针对Msg3消息中携带的MAC PDU来说,当CCCH SDU的大小为64比特时,通信设备在MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中不携带L域;当CCCH SDU的大小为其他比特时,通信设备在MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中携带L域。When the size of the minimum UL grant is 72 bits, for the MAC PDU carried in the Msg3 message, when the size of the CCCH SDU is 64 bits, the communication device does not carry the L field in the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU. When the size of the CCCH SDU is other bits, the communication device carries the L field in the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU.
在此情况下,图8包括S431,通信设备向网络设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示CCCH SDU的大小。In this case, FIG. 8 includes S431, and the communication device sends fourth instruction information to the network device, where the fourth instruction information is used to indicate the size of the CCCH SDU.
可选地,通信设备发送的MAC PDU中包括第四指示信息。Optionally, the MAC PDU sent by the communication device includes fourth indication information.
第四指示信息可以为第二专用的LCID标识该CCCH SDU大小为64比特。The fourth indication information may identify that the CCCH SDU size is 64 bits for the second dedicated LCID.
应理解,当图8包括S431时,进一步地,图8应该包括430,网络设备根据第四指示信息确定CCCH SDU的大小。It should be understood that when FIG. 8 includes S431, further, FIG. 8 should include 430, and the network device determines the size of the CCCH and SDU according to the fourth instruction information.
例如,当上述专用的LCID标识该CCCH SDU大小为48比特时,网络设备接收到Msg3消息时,解析Msg3消息中的MAC PDU。首先,获取LCID的值,如果LCID为上 述第一专用的LCID,则网络设备确定CCCH SDU大小为48比特;如果LCID不为上述第一专用的LCID,则,网络设备需要根据接收到的Msg3消息中的MAC PDU的MAC子头的L域确定CCCH SDU大小。For example, when the above-mentioned dedicated LCID identifies that the CCCH SDU size is 48 bits, when the network device receives the Msg3 message, it parses the MAC PDU in the Msg3 message. First, obtain the value of the LCID. If the LCID is the first dedicated LCID, the network device determines that the CCCH SDU size is 48 bits. If the LCID is not the first dedicated LCID, the network device needs to receive the Msg3 message The L field of the MAC subheader of the MAC PDU determines the CCCH SDU size.
还例如,当上述专用的LCID标识该CCCH SDU大小为64比特时,网络设备接收到Msg3消息时,解析Msg3消息中的MAC PDU。首先,获取LCID的值,如果LCID为上述第二专用的LCID,则网络设备确定CCCH SDU大小为64比特;如果LCID不为上述第二专用的LCID,则,网络设备需要根据接收到的Msg3消息中的MAC PDU的MAC子头的L域确定CCCH SDU大小。For another example, when the above-mentioned dedicated LCID identifies that the CCCH SDU size is 64 bits, when the network device receives the Msg3 message, it parses the MAC PDU in the Msg3 message. First, obtain the LCID value. If the LCID is the second dedicated LCID, the network device determines that the CCCH SDU size is 64 bits. If the LCID is not the second dedicated LCID, the network device needs to receive the Msg3 message according to the received Msg3 message. The L field of the MAC subheader of the MAC PDU determines the CCCH SDU size.
根据前述图4-图8所示的方法,下面结合图11-图18详细介绍本申请涉及的通信设备以及网络设备。According to the foregoing method shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 8, the communication device and the network device involved in the present application are described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 11 to 18.
图11是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的一种结构示意图。该通信设备包括处理器801,应用处理器,存储器用户接口,以及其他一些元件(包括未示出的电源等设备)。在图11中,上述处理单元可以是所述处理器801,并完成相应的功能。所述发送单元和/或接收单元,可以是图中的无线收发器803,其通过天线完成相应的功能。可以理解图中所示的各个元件只是示意性的,并不是完成本申请实施例必须的元件。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device includes a processor 801, an application processor, a memory user interface, and some other components (including devices such as a power source not shown). In FIG. 11, the above-mentioned processing unit may be the processor 801 and complete a corresponding function. The sending unit and / or the receiving unit may be a wireless transceiver 803 in the figure, which performs a corresponding function through an antenna. It can be understood that each element shown in the figure is only schematic, and is not a necessary element for completing the embodiments of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的另一种结构示意图。作为一个例子,该通信设备可以完成类似于图11中处理器的功能。在图12中,该通信设备包括处理器,发送数据处理器,处理器。在图12中,上述处理单元可以是所述处理器901,并完成相应的功能。所述发送单元可以是图12中发送数据处理器903,所述接收单元可以是图12中接收数据处理器905。虽然图中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器,但是可以理解这些模块并不对本申请实施例构成限制性说明,仅是示意性的。FIG. 12 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. As an example, the communication device may perform functions similar to the processor in FIG. 11. In FIG. 12, the communication device includes a processor, a transmission data processor, and a processor. In FIG. 12, the foregoing processing unit may be the processor 901 and complete a corresponding function. The sending unit may be the sending data processor 903 in FIG. 12, and the receiving unit may be the receiving data processor 905 in FIG. 12. Although a channel encoder and a channel decoder are shown in the figure, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of the embodiments of the present application, but are only schematic.
图13是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的另一种结构示意图。通信设备1000中包括调制子系统、中央处理子系统、周边子系统等模块。本申请实施例中的通信设备可以作为其中的调制子系统。具体的,该调制子系统可以包括处理器1003,接口1004。其中处理器1003完成上述处理单元的功能,接口1004完成上述发送单元和/或接收单元的功能。作为另一种变形,该调制子系统包括存储器1006、处理器1003及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的程序,所述处理器执行所述程序时实现实施例一至五之一所述方法。需要注意的是,所述存储器1006可以是非易失性的,也可以是易失性的,其位置可以位于调制子系统内部,也可以位于处理装置1000中,只要该存储器1006可以连接到所述处理器1003即可。FIG. 13 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1000 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem. The communication device in the embodiment of the present application may be used as a modulation subsystem therein. Specifically, the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1003 and an interface 1004. The processor 1003 performs the functions of the processing unit, and the interface 1004 performs the functions of the sending unit and / or receiving unit. As another modification, the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1006, a processor 1003, and a program stored on the memory and executable on the processor. When the processor executes the program, one of the first to fifth embodiments is implemented. method. It should be noted that the memory 1006 may be non-volatile or volatile, and its location may be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1000 as long as the memory 1006 can be connected to the memory 1006. The processor 1003 is sufficient.
作为本申请实施例的另一种形式,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有指令该指令被执行时执行图4-图8所述的方法中通信设备的执行步骤。As another form of the embodiment of the present application, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, which stores instructions that execute the execution steps of the communication device in the method described in FIG. 4 to FIG. 8 when the instructions are executed.
图14是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的另一种结构示意图。该通信设备可以是执行图4-图8所述的方法中通信设备的步骤的通信设备,也可以是实现类似功能的硬件。所述通信设备1100包括:FIG. 14 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device may be a communication device that performs the steps of the communication device in the methods described in FIGS. 4 to 8, or may be hardware that implements similar functions. The communication device 1100 includes:
处理单元1101,用于触发所述通信设备的功率余量报告PHR。The processing unit 1101 is configured to trigger a power headroom report PHR of the communication device.
所述处理单元1101,还用于确定用于传输所述PHR的第一上行授权UL grant;The processing unit 1101 is further configured to determine a first uplink grant UL grant for transmitting the PHR;
所述处理单元,还用于在第一时刻确定所述PHR中携带的功率余量PH值类型,其中,所述第一时刻包括所述通信设备基于所述第一UL grant开始逻辑信道优先级LCP过程的 时刻或者开始组装介质访问控制协议数据单元MAC PDU的时刻,所述MAC PDU包含所述PHR并且在所述第一UL grant上进行传输;The processing unit is further configured to determine a power headroom PH value type carried in the PHR at a first moment, where the first moment includes the communication device starting a logical channel priority based on the first UL grant The time of the LCP process or the time when the MAC PDU of the MAC data unit starts to be assembled, the MAC PDU includes the PHR and is transmitted on the first UL grant;
发送单元1103,用于向网络设备发送所述PHR。The sending unit 1103 is configured to send the PHR to a network device.
接收单元1102,用于接收下行控制信息DCI。The receiving unit 1102 is configured to receive downlink control information DCI.
发送单元1103,用于上行传输数据,以及传输PHR。The sending unit 1103 is configured to transmit data upstream and transmit PHR.
在一些实施例中,所述处理单元在第一时刻确定所述PHR中携带的PH值类型包括:In some embodiments, the processing unit determining the type of the PH value carried in the PHR at the first moment includes:
所述处理单元根据在所述第一时刻之前、并且包括所述第一时刻的时间内,接收单元是否接收到用于调度UL grant下行控制信息DCI,和/或,The processing unit is based on whether the receiving unit receives the DCI for scheduling UL grant downlink control information before the first time and includes the time of the first time, and / or,
所述处理单元根据在所述第一UL grant所在的传输时间段内,发送单元是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,在第一时刻确定所述PHR中携带的PH值类型。The processing unit determines the type of the PH value carried in the PHR at the first moment according to whether the sending unit includes non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission within the transmission time period where the first UL grant is located.
所述处理单元,还用于确定所述第一UL grant的大小能够容纳所述PHR的大小。The processing unit is further configured to determine that the size of the first UL grant can accommodate the size of the PHR.
接收单元,还用于接收指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述通信设备是否上报小区的Type2的PH,其中,所述小区为新空口NR基站下的支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCellThe receiving unit is further configured to receive indication information, which is used to indicate whether the communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a cell, where the cell is a secondary cell PUCCH under a new air interface NR base station that supports a physical uplink control channel. SCell
在一些实施例中,所述PHR的格式包括:In some embodiments, the format of the PHR includes:
Type2的PH域,所述Type2的PH域用于上报所述小区,且不用于上报除所述小区之外的小区用于上报所述小区的Type2的PH。Type 2 PH domain. The Type 2 PH domain is used to report the cell, and is not used to report cells other than the cell to report the Type 2 PH of the cell.
所述处理单元还用于根据预设规则,生成PHR格式,其中,所述PHR格式中携带位图bitmap,所述bitmap用于指示所述PHR中携带的PH与多个激活的BWP的第一映射关系。The processing unit is further configured to generate a PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR format carries a bitmap bitmap, and the bitmap is used to indicate a PH carried in the PHR and a first number of activated BWPs. Mapping relations.
进一步地,所述bitmap还用于指示所述多个激活的BWP与至少一个小区的第二映射关系。Further, the bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell.
可选地,当小区为特殊小区SpCell或者支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell,且所述小区上多个激活的BWP中至少一个BWP支持PUCCH传输时,所述第一映射关系包括:Optionally, when the cell is a special cell SpCell or a secondary cell PUCCH SCell that supports a physical uplink control channel, and at least one BWP of multiple activated BWPs on the cell supports PUCCH transmission, the first mapping relationship includes:
所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type2的PH的映射关系,以及多个激活的BWP与多个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系;A mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type 2 PH, and a mapping relationship between multiple activated BWPs and multiple Type 1 or Type 3 PHs;
当所述小区为除所述SpCell和所述PUCCH SCell之外的小区,且所述小区上有至少一个激活的BWP时,所述第一映射关系包括:When the cell is a cell other than the SpCell and the PUCCH and SCell, and there is at least one activated BWP on the cell, the first mapping relationship includes:
所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系。A mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type1 or Type3 PH.
所述处理单元,还用于根据第一指示信息确定X的值,比较所述通信设备随机接入过程中Msg3消息中携带的MAC PDU中包含的公共控制信道的服务数据单元CCCH SDU的大小;以及根据所述CCCH SDU的大小与X的值是否相等,确定所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中是否携带L域,其中,所述L域用于判断CCCH SDU的大小,所述X为正整数。The processing unit is further configured to determine the value of X according to the first instruction information, and compare the size of the service data unit CCCH SDU of the common control channel included in the MAC PDU carried in the Msg3 message during the random access process of the communication device; And determining whether the size of the CCCH SDU and the value of X are equal to determine whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries an L field, where the L field is used to determine the size of the CCCH SDU, and X is Positive integer.
进一步地,所述第一指示信息还用于指示针对所述Msg3消息的最小上行授权UL grant的大小。所述处理单元根据第一指示信息确定X的值包括:所述处理单元根据所述第一指示信息确定所述Msg3消息的最小上行授权资源UL grant的大小,根据所述最小UL grant的值确定所述X的值。Further, the first indication information is further used to indicate a size of a minimum uplink grant UL grant for the Msg3 message. The determining, by the processing unit, the value of X according to the first instruction information includes: determining, by the processing unit, the minimum uplink authorized resource UL grant size of the Msg3 message according to the first instruction information, and determining the size of the minimum UL grant resource according to the minimum UL grant The value of X.
所述接收单元1102,还用于接收所述第一指示信息。The receiving unit 1102 is further configured to receive the first indication information.
进一步地,所述处理单元确定所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中是否携带L域包括:所述处理单元根据所述最小上行授权UL grant的大小确定X的值,根据CCCH SDU是否与X值是否相等确定所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中是否携带L域。Further, the processing unit determining whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L field includes: the processing unit determines the value of X according to the size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant, and determines whether the CCCH SDU is related to X Whether the values are equal determines whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L domain.
所述发送单元1103,还用于发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述CCCH SDU的大小。The sending unit 1103 is further configured to send fourth instruction information, where the fourth instruction information is used to indicate a size of the CCCH SDU.
图15是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的一种结构示意图。该网络设备包括处理器1201,应用处理器,存储器用户接口,以及其他一些元件(包括未示出的电源等设备)。在图15中,上述处理单元可以是所述处理器1201,并完成相应的功能。所述发送单元和/或接收单元,可以是图中的无线收发器1203,其通过天线完成相应的功能。可以理解图中所示的各个元件只是示意性的,并不是完成本申请实施例必须的元件。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device includes a processor 1201, an application processor, a memory user interface, and some other components (including devices such as a power source not shown). In FIG. 15, the foregoing processing unit may be the processor 1201 and perform corresponding functions. The sending unit and / or the receiving unit may be a wireless transceiver 1203 in the figure, which performs a corresponding function through an antenna. It can be understood that each element shown in the figure is only schematic, and is not a necessary element for completing the embodiments of the present application.
图16是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的另一种结构示意图。作为一个例子,该网络设备可以完成类似于图15中处理器的功能。在图16中,该网络设备包括处理器,发送数据处理器,处理器。在图16中,上述处理单元可以是所述处理器1301,并完成相应的功能。所述发送单元可以是图16中发送数据处理器1303,所述接收单元可以是图16中接收数据处理器1305。虽然图中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器,但是可以理解这些模块并不对本申请实施例构成限制性说明,仅是示意性的。FIG. 16 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. As an example, the network device may perform functions similar to the processor in FIG. 15. In FIG. 16, the network device includes a processor, a sending data processor, and a processor. In FIG. 16, the foregoing processing unit may be the processor 1301 and perform corresponding functions. The sending unit may be the sending data processor 1303 in FIG. 16, and the receiving unit may be the receiving data processor 1305 in FIG. 16. Although a channel encoder and a channel decoder are shown in the figure, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of the embodiments of the present application, but are only schematic.
图17是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的另一种结构示意图。网络设备1400中包括调制子系统、中央处理子系统、周边子系统等模块。本申请实施例中的网络设备可以作为其中的调制子系统。具体的,该调制子系统可以包括处理器1403,接口1404。其中处理器1403完成上述处理单元的功能,接口1404完成上述发送单元和/或接收单元的功能。作为另一种变形,该调制子系统包括存储器1406、处理器1403及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的程序,所述处理器执行图4-图8中所述的方法中网络设备执行的步骤。需要注意的是,所述存储器1406可以是非易失性的,也可以是易失性的,其位置可以位于调制子系统内部,也可以位于处理装置1400中,只要该存储器1406可以连接到所述处理器1403即可。FIG. 17 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device 1400 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem. The network device in the embodiment of the present application may be used as a modulation subsystem therein. Specifically, the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1403 and an interface 1404. The processor 1403 performs the functions of the processing unit, and the interface 1404 performs the functions of the sending unit and / or receiving unit. As another variation, the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1406, a processor 1403, and a program stored on the memory and executable on the processor, where the processor executes the network device in the method described in FIGS. 4 to 8 Steps to perform. It should be noted that the memory 1406 may be non-volatile or volatile, and its location may be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1400, as long as the memory 1406 can be connected to the memory 1406. The processor 1403 is sufficient.
作为本申请实施例的另一种形式,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有指令该指令被执行时执行图4-图8所述的方法中网络设备执行的步骤。As another form of the embodiment of the present application, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, which stores instructions that execute the steps performed by a network device in the methods described in FIG. 4 to FIG. 8 when the instructions are executed.
图18是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的另一种结构示意图。该网络设备可以执行图4-图8所述的方法中网络端设备的步骤的网络设备。所述网络设备1500包括:FIG. 18 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device may perform the steps of the network-side device in the method described in FIG. 4 to FIG. 8. The network device 1500 includes:
处理单元1501,用于生成指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示通信设备是否上报小区的Type2的PH;A processing unit 1501 is configured to generate instruction information, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether a communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a cell;
发送单元1503,用于向所述通信设备发送指示信息,其中,所述小区为新空口NR基站下的支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell。The sending unit 1503 is configured to send instruction information to the communication device, where the cell is a secondary cell PUCCH_SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel under a new air interface NR base station.
所述功率余量报告PHR的格式包括:The format of the power headroom report PHR includes:
在一些实施例中,Type2的PH域,所述Type2的PH域用于上报所述小区,且不用于上报除所述小区之外的小区的Type2的PH。In some embodiments, the Type 2 PH domain is used to report the cell, and is not used to report the Type 2 PH of a cell other than the cell.
处理单元1501,用于根据预设规则,解析PHR格式,其中,所述PHR格式中携带位图bitmap,所述bitmap用于指示所述PHR中携带的PH与多个激活的BWP的第一映射关 系。A processing unit 1501 is configured to parse a PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR format carries a bitmap bitmap, and the bitmap is used to indicate a first mapping between a PH carried in the PHR and multiple activated BWPs relationship.
进一步地,所述bitmap还用于指示所述多个激活的BWP与至少一个小区的第二映射关系。Further, the bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell.
可选地,当小区为特殊小区SpCell或者支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell,且所述小区上多个激活的BWP中至少一个BWP支持PUCCH传输时,所述第一映射关系包括:Optionally, when the cell is a special cell SpCell or a secondary cell PUCCH SCell that supports a physical uplink control channel, and at least one BWP of multiple activated BWPs on the cell supports PUCCH transmission, the first mapping relationship includes:
所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type2的PH的映射关系,以及所述多个激活的BWP与多Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系;A mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type 2 PH, and a mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and multiple Type 1 or Type 3 PHs;
当所述小区为除所述SpCell和所述PUCCH SCell之外的小区,且所述小区上有至少一个激活的BWP时,所述第一映射关系包括:When the cell is a cell other than the SpCell and the PUCCH and SCell, and there is at least one activated BWP on the cell, the first mapping relationship includes:
所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系。A mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type1 or Type3 PH.
可选地,网络设备还包括接收单元1502,用于节后通信设备发送的PHR,以及通信设备上行传输的数据。Optionally, the network device further includes a receiving unit 1502, which is used for PHR sent by the communication device after the festival and data transmitted by the communication device in an uplink.
发送单元1503,还用于发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示X的值,所述X的值用于与通信设备随机接入过程中Msg3消息中携带的MAC PDU中包含的公共控制信道的服务数据单元CCCH SDU的大小进行比较,比较的结果是否相等用于确定所述CCCH SDU的大小用于指示所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中是否携带L域,其中,所述L域用于判断CCCH SDU的大小。The sending unit 1503 is further configured to send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a value of X, and the value of X is used to include in a MAC PDU carried in a Msg3 message during a random access process with a communication device. The size of the service data unit CCCH of the common control channel is compared, and whether the result of the comparison is equal is used to determine whether the size of the CCCH or SDU is used to indicate whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L domain, where: The L field is used to determine the size of the CCCH SDU.
进一步地,所述第一指示信息还用于指示针对所述Msg3消息的最小上行授权UL grant的大小。Further, the first indication information is further used to indicate a size of a minimum uplink grant UL grant for the Msg3 message.
进一步地,所述确定所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中是否携带L域包括:Further, the determining whether an L field is carried in a MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU includes:
所述最小上行授权UL grant的大小确定X的值,根据CCCH SDU是否与X值相等确定所述MAC PDU中包含的MAC子头中是否携带L域。The size of the minimum uplink grant UL grant determines the value of X, and determines whether the MAC subheader included in the MAC PDU carries the L domain according to whether the CCCH SDU is equal to the value of X.
接收单元1502,用于接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述CCCH SDU的大小。The receiving unit 1502 is configured to receive fourth instruction information, where the fourth instruction information is used to indicate a size of the CCCH SDU.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), or Erase programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of example, but not limitation, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access Access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Fetch memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct RAMbus RAM, DR RAM).
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机 程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any other combination. When implemented using software, the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on a computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are wholly or partially generated. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, a computer, a server, or a data center. Transmission by wire (eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, and the like, including one or more sets of available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term “and / or” herein is only an association relationship describing an associated object, and indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and / or B can mean: A exists alone, and A and B exist simultaneously. There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not deal with the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。Those of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. A professional technician can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of this application. Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices, and units described above can refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and are not repeated here. In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本申请实施例方案的目的。另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM)、随机存取存储器(RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各 种可以存储程序代码的介质。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions in the embodiments of the present application. In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each of the units may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. When the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially a part that contributes to the existing technology or a part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in the embodiments of the present application. The foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of this application, but the scope of protection of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in this application. It should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (31)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    通信设备的功率余量报告PHR被触发;The power headroom report PHR of the communication device is triggered;
    所述通信设备确定用于传输所述PHR的第一上行授权资源;Determining, by the communication device, a first uplink authorized resource for transmitting the PHR;
    所述通信设备在第一时刻确定所述PHR中携带的功率余量PH值类型,其中,所述第一时刻包括所述通信设备基于所述第一上行授权资源开始逻辑信道优先级LCP过程的时刻或者开始组装介质访问控制协议数据单元MAC PDU的时刻,所述MAC PDU包含所述PHR并且在所述第一上行授权资源上进行传输;The communication device determines a type of power headroom PH value carried in the PHR at a first moment, where the first moment includes a time at which the communication device starts a logical channel priority LCP process based on the first uplink authorized resource. The time or the time when the MAC PDU of the medium access control protocol data unit starts to be assembled, the MAC PDU includes the PHR and is transmitted on the first uplink authorized resource;
    所述通信设备向网络设备发送所述PHR。The communication device sends the PHR to a network device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述通信设备在第一时刻确定所述PHR中携带的PH值类型包括:The communication method according to claim 1, wherein the determining, by the communication device at the first moment, the type of PH value carried in the PHR comprises:
    所述通信设备根据在所述第一时刻之前、并且包括所述第一时刻的时间内,是否接收到用于调度上行授权资源的下行控制信息DCI,和/或,The communication device receives, according to whether the downlink control information DCI for scheduling the uplink authorized resource is received before the first time and within a time including the first time, and / or,
    所述通信设备根据在所述第一上行授权资源所在的传输时间段内,是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,在第一时刻确定所述PHR中携带的PH值类型。The communication device determines, at a first moment, a type of a PH value carried in the PHR according to whether a non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission is included in a transmission time period in which the first uplink authorized resource is located.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述通信设备确定所述第一上行授权资源的大小能够容纳所述PHR的大小。The communication device determines that the size of the first uplink authorized resource can accommodate the size of the PHR.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述通信设备接收指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述通信设备是否上报小区的Type2的PH,其中,所述小区为新空口NR基站下的支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell。The communication device receives indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a cell, where the cell is a secondary cell PUCCH SCell that supports a physical uplink control channel under a new air interface NR base station.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述PHR的格式包括:The communication method according to claim 4, wherein the format of the PHR comprises:
    Type2的PH域,所述Type2的PH域用于上报所述小区,且不用于上报除所述小区之外的小区的Type2的PH。Type 2 PH domain. The Type 2 PH domain is used to report the cell, and is not used to report the Type 2 PH of a cell other than the cell.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述通信设备根据预设规则,生成PHR格式,其中,所述PHR格式中携带位图bitmap,所述bitmap用于指示所述PHR中携带的PH与多个激活的BWP的第一映射关系。The communication device generates a PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR format carries a bitmap bitmap, and the bitmap is used to indicate a first mapping relationship between a PH carried in the PHR and multiple activated BWPs.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述bitmap还用于指示所述多个激活的BWP与至少一个小区的第二映射关系。The communication method according to claim 6, wherein the bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    当小区为特殊小区SpCell或者支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH Scell,且所述小区上多个激活的BWP中至少一个BWP支持PUCCH传输时,所述第一映射关系包括:When the cell is a special cell SpCell or a secondary cell PUCCH or Scell that supports a physical uplink control channel, and at least one of a plurality of activated BWPs on the cell supports PUCCH transmission, the first mapping relationship includes:
    所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type2的PH的映射关系,以及所述多个激活的BWP与多个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系;A mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type2 PH, and a mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and multiple Type1 or Type3 PHs;
    当所述小区为除所述SpCell和所述PUCCH SCell之外的小区,且所述小区上有至少一个激活的BWP时,所述第一映射关系包括:When the cell is a cell other than the SpCell and the PUCCH and SCell, and there is at least one activated BWP on the cell, the first mapping relationship includes:
    所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系。A mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type1 or Type3 PH.
  9. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    网络设备生成指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示通信设备是否上报小区的Type2的功率余量PH;The network device generates instruction information, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the communication device reports a Type 2 power headroom PH of the cell;
    所述网络设备向所述通信设备发送所述指示信息,其中,所述小区为新空口NR基站下的支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell。The network device sends the instruction information to the communication device, wherein the cell is a secondary cell PUCCH / SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel under a new air interface NR base station.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述功率余量报告PHR的格式包括:The communication method according to claim 9, wherein a format of the power headroom report PHR comprises:
    Type2的PH域,所述Type2的PH域用于上报所述小区,且不用于上报除所述小区之外的小区的Type2的PH。Type 2 PH domain. The Type 2 PH domain is used to report the cell, and is not used to report the Type 2 PH of a cell other than the cell.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备根据预设规则,解析PHR格式,其中,所述PHR格式中携带位图bitmap,所述bitmap用于指示所述PHR中携带的PH与多个激活的BWP的第一映射关系。The network device parses a PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR format carries a bitmap bitmap, and the bitmap is used to indicate a first mapping relationship between a PH carried in the PHR and multiple activated BWPs.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述bitmap还用于指示所述多个激活的BWP与至少一个小区的第二映射关系。The communication method according to claim 11, wherein the bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    当小区为特殊小区SpCell或者支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell,且所述小区上多个激活的BWP中至少一个BWP支持PUCCH传输时,所述第一映射关系包括:When the cell is a special cell SpCell or a secondary cell PUCCH or SCell that supports a physical uplink control channel, and at least one of a plurality of activated BWPs on the cell supports PUCCH transmission, the first mapping relationship includes:
    所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type2的PH的映射关系,以及所述多个激活的BWP与多个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系;A mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type2 PH, and a mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and multiple Type1 or Type3 PHs;
    当所述小区为除所述SpCell和所述PUCCH SCell之外的小区,且所述小区上有至少一个激活的BWP时,所述第一映射关系包括:When the cell is a cell other than the SpCell and the PUCCH and SCell, and there is at least one activated BWP on the cell, the first mapping relationship includes:
    所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系。A mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type1 or Type3 PH.
  14. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    处理单元,用于触发所述通信设备的功率余量报告PHR;A processing unit, configured to trigger a power headroom report PHR of the communication device;
    所述处理单元,还用于确定用于传输所述PHR的第一上行授权资源;The processing unit is further configured to determine a first uplink authorized resource for transmitting the PHR;
    所述处理单元,还用于在第一时刻确定所述PHR中携带的功率余量PH值类型,其中,所述第一时刻包括所述通信设备基于所述第一上行授权资源开始逻辑信道优先级LCP过程的时刻或者开始组装介质访问控制协议数据单元MAC PDU的时刻,所述MAC PDU包含所述PHR并且在所述第一上行授权资源上进行传输;The processing unit is further configured to determine a power headroom PH value type carried in the PHR at a first moment, where the first moment includes the communication device starting a logical channel priority based on the first uplink authorized resource The moment of the LCP process or the time when the MAC PDU of the medium access control protocol data unit starts to be assembled, the MAC PDU includes the PHR and is transmitted on the first uplink authorized resource;
    发送单元,用于向网络设备发送所述PHR。A sending unit, configured to send the PHR to a network device.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述处理单元在第一时刻确定所述PHR中携带的PH值类型包括:The communication device according to claim 14, wherein the processing unit determining the PH value type carried in the PHR at the first moment comprises:
    所述处理单元根据在所述第一时刻之前、并且包括所述第一时刻的时间内,接收单元是否接收到用于调度上行授权资源下行控制信息DCI,和/或,The processing unit is based on whether the receiving unit has received the downlink control information DCI for scheduling the uplink grant resource before the first time and includes the time of the first time, and / or,
    所述处理单元根据在所述第一上行授权资源所在的传输时间段内,发送单元是否包括非动态调度的上行传输,在第一时刻确定所述PHR中携带的PH值类型。The processing unit determines, at a first moment, the type of the PH value carried in the PHR according to whether the sending unit includes a non-dynamically scheduled uplink transmission within a transmission time period in which the first uplink authorized resource is located.
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述处理单元,还用于确定所述第一上行授权资源的大小能够容纳所述PHR的大小。The communication device according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the processing unit is further configured to determine that the size of the first uplink authorized resource can accommodate the size of the PHR.
  17. 根据权利要求14-16中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述通信设备还包 括:The communication device according to any one of claims 14-16, wherein the communication device further comprises:
    接收单元,用于接收指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述通信设备是否上报小区的Type2的PH,其中,所述小区为新空口NR基站下的支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell。A receiving unit, configured to receive indication information, the indication information is used to indicate whether the communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a cell, where the cell is a secondary cell PUCCH SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel under a new air interface NR base station .
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述PHR的格式包括:The communication device according to claim 17, wherein the format of the PHR comprises:
    Type2的PH域,所述Type2的PH域用于上报所述小区,且不用于上报除所述小区之外的小区的Type2的PH。Type 2 PH domain. The Type 2 PH domain is used to report the cell, and is not used to report the Type 2 PH of a cell other than the cell.
  19. 根据权利要求14-18中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于根据预设规则,生成PHR格式,其中,所述PHR格式中携带位图bitmap,所述bitmap用于指示所述PHR中携带的PH与多个激活的BWP的第一映射关系。The communication device according to any one of claims 14 to 18, wherein the processing unit is further configured to generate a PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR format carries a bitmap bitmap, and the A bitmap is used to indicate a first mapping relationship between the PH carried in the PHR and multiple activated BWPs.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述bitmap还用于指示所述多个激活的BWP与至少一个小区的第二映射关系。The communication device according to claim 19, wherein the bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的通信设备,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 19 or 20, wherein
    当小区为特殊小区SpCell或者支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell,且所述小区上多个激活的BWP中至少一个BWP支持PUCCH传输时,所述第一映射关系包括:When the cell is a special cell SpCell or a secondary cell PUCCH or SCell that supports a physical uplink control channel, and at least one of a plurality of activated BWPs on the cell supports PUCCH transmission, the first mapping relationship includes:
    所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type2的PH的映射关系,以及所述多个激活的BWP与多个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系;A mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type2 PH, and a mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and multiple Type1 or Type3 PHs;
    当所述小区为除所述SpCell和所述PUCCH SCell之外的小区,且所述小区上有至少一个激活的BWP时,所述第一映射关系包括:When the cell is a cell other than the SpCell and the PUCCH and SCell, and there is at least one activated BWP on the cell, the first mapping relationship includes:
    所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系。A mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type1 or Type3 PH.
  22. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, comprising:
    处理单元,用于生成指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示通信设备是否上报小区的Type2的PH;A processing unit, configured to generate instruction information, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether a communication device reports a Type 2 PH of a cell;
    发送单元,用于向所述通信设备发送所述指示信息,其中,所述小区为新空口NR基站下的支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell。A sending unit is configured to send the indication information to the communication device, wherein the cell is a secondary cell PUCCH / SCell supporting a physical uplink control channel under a new air interface NR base station.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述功率余量报告PHR的格式包括:The network device according to claim 22, wherein a format of the power headroom report PHR comprises:
    Type2的PH域,所述Type2的PH域用于上报所述小区,且不用于上报除所述小区之外的小区的Type2的PH。Type 2 PH domain. The Type 2 PH domain is used to report the cell, and is not used to report the Type 2 PH of a cell other than the cell.
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备还包括:The network device according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the network device further comprises:
    处理单元,用于根据预设规则,解析PHR格式,其中,所述PHR格式中携带位图bitmap,所述bitmap用于指示所述PHR中携带的PH与多个激活的BWP的第一映射关系。A processing unit, configured to parse a PHR format according to a preset rule, wherein the PHR format carries a bitmap bitmap, and the bitmap is used to indicate a first mapping relationship between a PH carried in the PHR and multiple activated BWPs .
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述bitmap还用于指示所述多个激活的BWP与至少一个小区的第二映射关系。The network device according to claim 24, wherein the bitmap is further used to indicate a second mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and at least one cell.
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的网络设备,其特征在于,The network device according to claim 24 or 25, wherein:
    当小区为特殊小区SpCell或者支持物理上行控制信道的辅小区PUCCH SCell,且所述小区上多个激活的BWP中至少一个BWP支持PUCCH传输时,所述第一映射关系包括:When the cell is a special cell SpCell or a secondary cell PUCCH or SCell that supports a physical uplink control channel, and at least one of a plurality of activated BWPs on the cell supports PUCCH transmission, the first mapping relationship includes:
    所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type2的PH的映射关系,以及所述多个激活的BWP与多个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系;A mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type2 PH, and a mapping relationship between the multiple activated BWPs and multiple Type1 or Type3 PHs;
    当所述小区为除所述SpCell和所述PUCCH SCell之外的小区,且所述小区上有至少一个激活的BWP时,所述第一映射关系包括:When the cell is a cell other than the SpCell and the PUCCH and SCell, and there is at least one activated BWP on the cell, the first mapping relationship includes:
    所述至少一个BWP与至少一个Type1或Type3的PH的映射关系。A mapping relationship between the at least one BWP and at least one Type1 or Type3 PH.
  27. 一种通信装置,包括存储器、处理器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序,其特征在于,所述处理器执行所述程序时实现权利要求1至8中任一项所述的通信方法。A communication device includes a memory, a processor, and a program stored on the memory and executable on the processor, wherein the processor implements any of claims 1 to 8 when the processor executes the program. A communication method according to one item.
  28. 一种通信装置,包括存储器、处理器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序,其特征在于,所述处理器执行所述程序时实现权利要求9至13中任一项所述的通信方法。A communication device includes a memory, a processor, and a program stored on the memory and executable on the processor, wherein the processor implements any of claims 9 to 13 when the processor executes the program. A communication method according to one item.
  29. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,其特征在于,所述程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的通信方法。A computer-readable storage medium having stored thereon a computer program, characterized in that when the program is executed by a processor, the communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 8 is implemented.
  30. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,其特征在于,所述程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求9至13中任一项所述的通信方法。A computer-readable storage medium having stored thereon a computer program, characterized in that, when the program is executed by a processor, the communication method according to any one of claims 9 to 13 is implemented.
  31. 一种通信系统,包括权利要求14-21之一的通信设备,和权利要求22-26之一的网络设备。A communication system includes the communication device according to any one of claims 14-21, and the network device according to any one of claims 22-26.
PCT/CN2019/092013 2018-06-21 2019-06-20 Communication method, communication device, network device and communication system WO2019242670A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810646138.7A CN110636626B (en) 2018-06-21 2018-06-21 Communication method, communication device and network device
CN201810646138.7 2018-06-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019242670A1 true WO2019242670A1 (en) 2019-12-26

Family

ID=68966447

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/092013 WO2019242670A1 (en) 2018-06-21 2019-06-20 Communication method, communication device, network device and communication system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN110636626B (en)
WO (1) WO2019242670A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021244387A1 (en) * 2020-06-01 2021-12-09 夏普株式会社 Method executed by user equipment, and user equipment
US20220174611A1 (en) * 2017-03-23 2022-06-02 Resmed Inc. Adjusting a transmission power based on a preamble power priority in a wireless device

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113365337B (en) * 2020-03-06 2023-07-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 PHR reporting method, PHR receiving method, terminal and network equipment
KR20230006508A (en) * 2020-04-21 2023-01-10 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 Handling method and terminal device for multi-resource contention
CN113541762B (en) * 2020-04-22 2022-10-04 华为技术有限公司 Power adjustment method, device and system
WO2021223152A1 (en) * 2020-05-07 2021-11-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Apparatus and method to restrain inappropriate measurement event
WO2022006696A1 (en) * 2020-07-06 2022-01-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Power headroom report triggering by dormant bandwidth part switching

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102238610A (en) * 2010-04-30 2011-11-09 夏普株式会社 Uplink power headroom reporting (PHR) method, base station (BS) and user equipment (UE)
CN103069732A (en) * 2010-08-10 2013-04-24 三星电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for determining maximum transmission power per carrier in mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation
CN107734626A (en) * 2010-11-05 2018-02-23 三星电子株式会社 Terminal and base station and its method in wireless communication system

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10194406B2 (en) * 2015-09-30 2019-01-29 Ofinno Technologies, Llc Multi-carrier power headroom in a wireless network
CN107046728B (en) * 2016-02-06 2020-09-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Information reporting method and device and discontinuous transmission method

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102238610A (en) * 2010-04-30 2011-11-09 夏普株式会社 Uplink power headroom reporting (PHR) method, base station (BS) and user equipment (UE)
CN103069732A (en) * 2010-08-10 2013-04-24 三星电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for determining maximum transmission power per carrier in mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation
CN107734626A (en) * 2010-11-05 2018-02-23 三星电子株式会社 Terminal and base station and its method in wireless communication system

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI ET AL.: "Impacts of SUL on PHR", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #100 R2-1713948, 1 December 2017 (2017-12-01), XP051372614 *
LENOVO ET AL.: "PHR for NR CA", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #99BIS R2-1711032, 13 October 2017 (2017-10-13), XP051343041 *

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220174611A1 (en) * 2017-03-23 2022-06-02 Resmed Inc. Adjusting a transmission power based on a preamble power priority in a wireless device
US11844026B2 (en) * 2017-03-23 2023-12-12 Resmed Inc. Adjusting a transmission power based on a preamble power priority in a wireless device
WO2021244387A1 (en) * 2020-06-01 2021-12-09 夏普株式会社 Method executed by user equipment, and user equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110636626A (en) 2019-12-31
CN110636626B (en) 2021-08-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019242670A1 (en) Communication method, communication device, network device and communication system
US11122619B2 (en) Channel access priority class selection
US11438898B2 (en) Beam indication method, apparatus and system
WO2019096235A1 (en) Method for receiving reference signal, and method for transmitting reference signal
US11937254B2 (en) Wireless communcation method, terminal device, and network device
EP3731583B1 (en) Sounding reference signal transmission method and terminal device
US20210136739A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting uplink signal
CN111757542B (en) Method and apparatus for signal transmission
US11528731B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
WO2020087509A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2021163938A1 (en) Antenna switching method, terminal device and communication device
US11477763B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
KR20200061407A (en) Method and apparatus for processing media access control protocol data unit
WO2019023851A1 (en) Communication method, device, and system
US20230137907A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
KR102501134B1 (en) Flexible Downlink Control Signal Monitoring in Wireless Communications
WO2020119615A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus and computer readable storage medium
US11963143B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
TWI751235B (en) Method and apparatus for wireless communication
WO2022021136A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2022222158A1 (en) Method for reporting direct current carrier position, terminal device, and network device
WO2020030074A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2023133702A1 (en) Information processing methods, terminal devices, network devices, chip and storage medium
WO2020133469A1 (en) Random access method, terminal device and network device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19823165

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19823165

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1